2

Published by
Vedantu Innovations Private Limited
D. No. 1081, 3rd Floor, Vistar Arcade,
14th Main Rd, Sector 3, HSR Layout
Bangalore, Karnataka, India 560 102
www.vedantu.com
Vedantu Innovations Private Ltd.
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form or
by any means, electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording or by
any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the
publishers.
Notice : Vedantu is committed to serving students with the best of the resources and
knowledge. Bearing that in mind, we have obtained all the information in this book
from sources regarded as reliable, and taken utmost care in editing and printing this
book. However, we as authors and publishers are not to be held responsible for unin-
tentional mistakes that might have crept in. Having stated that, errors (if any) brought
to our notice shall be gratefully acknowledged and rectified in upcoming editions.

Printed by
Colours Imprint
475C, Adugodi Main Road,
8th Block, Koramangala, Bengaluru 560 095
www.coloursimprint.com
3
 4

Founder’s Message
Dear Student,

It gives me immense pleasure to present to you a Ready Reckoner and Practice booklet by
Vedantu - ‘TATVA’. Tatva in Sanskrit, means a collection of “Core” content/truth and isn’t that
what Vedantu brings to your table - the Core? Vedantu, at all times, ensures that you have
easy accessibility to a collection of essential concepts, theory, derivations, definitions, solved
examples, concept videos, and practice questions, important questions from competitive
examinations and I am pleased to say that all questions in ‘Tatva’ come with detailed solutions.

Tatva is the result of the constant endeavour and research done by our highly experienced
team of teachers and subject experts who compiled relevant content for you so that you come
out with flying colours in IIT JEE/NEET and Olympiads. We strongly believe and vouch for the
effectiveness and relevance of this booklet to grab the desired rank in IIT JEE/ NEET.

Key Points on ‘How to obtain optimal benefits from ‘Tatva’ ?

* We suggest starting with the Practice of ‘Tatva questions’ at the end of a chapter after
revision and Practice of basic questions.
* For daily practice of questions, we strongly recommend attempting session assignments
along with Vedantu live sessions
* Tatva equips you with Theory, Concept Videos, and Solved examples to help you revise
concepts, mark your notes, walk you through the entire summary and eventually clear
all your conceptual doubts all by yourself.
* Attempt Tatva questions post revision of 11th and 12th Grade topics. Take one topic at a
time to solve. Attempt any revision test series for NEET/JEE once you have solved Tatva
questions. Following this will not only help you during revision but also give a major
boost to your confidence.
* First solve basic level questions and gradually progress to the advanced level.
* Practice basic level questions regularly all through your journey of preparation.
* Your success is our dream-come-true

I wish you all the best.

Anand Prakash
Founder, Academic Head
Vedantu

Anand Prakash Sir has been a pioneer in producing

Top Ranks in JEE/NEET and Olympiads. He has
personally taught and mentored AIR 1,6,7 (JEE
ADVANCED) and AIR-1, 7, 9 (AIIMS), and thousands of
more students who have successfully cleared these
competitive exams in the last few years.
 5

Credits
“Happiness lies in the joy of achievement
and the thrill of creative effort.”
—Theodore Roosevelt

Tatva is the brainchild of the creative Vedans who The managers who understood every aspect of what
strived tirelessly to weave success stories for you. Our the leadership were trying to accomplish and brought
heartfelt thanks to the Super Vedans who give wings so much of their own to the table and managed the
to the vision of Vedantu. execution of ‘Tatva’ immaculately.

Our leaders who have been our guiding light and Kiran Kumari Harish Rao
encouragement in every step: Bhavya Bangera Shraddha
Vamsi Sir, Anand Prakash Sir and Pulkit Sir Sushmitha Akshatha
Charubak Chakrabarti
Our gratitude to the insightful leadership and
guidance of our leaders who dreamt about ‘Tatva’, Our heartfelt gratitude to ourcreative content
steered the project in the right direction and were developers, the dedicated master teachers and the
instrumental in making this dream into a reality: DTP team who have put in their hard work, insights,
eagerness to execute and nurtured Tatva into ‘your
Sahil Bhatia Shubam Gupta ready handbook’ and to bring positive learning
Arshad Shahid Ajay Mittal experience to you.
JaideepSontakke Sudhanshu Jain

Physics Team

Teachers SME DTP

Aarzoo Walia Satyam Kumar Atul Singh (Team Lead) Jitender Singh
Ishani Mitra Santosh Kumar Nanda Pukhraj Singh Yamala Santhosh Kumar
Shubham Ghar Anmol Gupta Saurabh Sharma
Anand M Tamanna Arora
Vijayalakshmi Viswanathan Kanchan Kumari
Pritesh Ranjan Pushp Raj Singh
Ravneet Wadhwa

A loud shout out for our media team - a bunch of creative minds with contagious energy. We cannot thank
them enough.

Suraj Bhan Singh

Gadde Ranjith
Ranjeeth Ramesh
Sreyoshi Biswas
Devika Ramachandran

Special thanks and appreciation for the enthusiastic support provided by Arunima Kar, Savin Khandelwal,
Dipshi Shetty, Mohamed Anzar and Anuska Singh.

The journey of the imagination to the reality of ‘Tatva’ would not have been possible without our enthusiastic
Operations Team, our amazing Academic Team, our dedicated team of Teachers and our talented Tech
Team.
 Table of Contents

BASIC MATHEMATICS
 Theory ......................................................................................................................................... 9

 Exercise - 1 : Unit & Dimension, Error and Significant figures, Vectros ................................ 33

 Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE Mains Questions ................................................................... 45

 Exercise - 3 : Calculus ................................................................................................................. 48

 Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions .............................................................. 51

 Answer Key .................................................................................................................................. 54

KINEMATICS
 Theory ......................................................................................................................................... 57

 Solved Examples ......................................................................................................................... 71

 Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions .................................................................................... 90

 Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE Mains Questions ..................................................................... 98

 Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions ........................................................................... 102

 Exercise - 4 : Previous Year IIT Questions .................................................................................. 119

 Answer Key ................................................................................................................................. 123

 LAWS OF MOTION
 Theory ......................................................................................................................................... 126

 Solved Examples ......................................................................................................................... 140

 Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions .................................................................................... 157

 Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE Mains Questions .................................................................... 166

 Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions ........................................................................... 171

 Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions .............................................................. 187

 Answer Key ................................................................................................................................. 191

 01
BASIC MATHEMATICS
 9 BASIC MATHEMATICS

Basic Mathematics
VECTORS
In physics we study about physical phenomenon occuring Representation of vector
in nature. All physical phenomenon are governed by certain Arrow on head of a letter or bold letter is used to represent
laws. These laws are known as laws of physics and in a vector.
physics our motive will be to understand the different laws 
laws. Laws of physics are expressed in terms of physical A or A
quantities. 
A or | A | = Magnitude of vector
On the basis of mathematical operations a physical quantity 
can be divided into 2 categories : A  Read as a vector A
Graphical representation of vector is done with the help of
(1) Scalar (2) Vector
directed line segment.
1. Scalar : Those physical quantities which are fully
represented by magnitude and unit are called scalar (Tail)
Show direction (head)
quantities. The mathematical operations (addition,
substraction, multiplication etc) of these quantities are length
governed by ordinary algebra rules.
length magnitude of vector
For example :
Mass, distance, speed, time, work, energy, power, Current etc.
2. Vector : Those physical quantities which are fully
represented by magntitude, unit and direction are called
vector quantities. Two vectors are said to be equal if they have same direction,
Mathematical operations of these quantities are governed magnitude and having same physical meaning.
by vector algebra rules.
(We have different set of operation for vector) A vector said to be a constant vector if it direction and
magnitude both remain same all the time.
In general 2 kg + 2kg will be always 4kg but addition of 2N
and 2N can be anything between 0N to 4N so we need to
deal vectors in different way. A vector does not change if it is shifted parallel to itself.

Area, displacement, velocity, acceleration, force, momentum

etc. If a positive number is multiplied to a vector their its
magnitude changes but direction remains constant/same.

A A
Area is a vector quantity and direction of area is always 2A
perpendicular to plane or normal to surface. 2

If it is multiplied with negative scalar both direction and

A
A magnitude changes. Direction of vector is changed by 180°.

A A
–2A
2
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 10

1. UNIT VECTOR
A vector with unit magnitude is known as unit vector
 A vector with zero magnitude is called null vector.
A
Represented by  (  = read as A cap)   
|A| 2. ANGLE BETWEEN VECTOR

ˆ  |A| A
A ˆ  Direction Join two vectors tail to tail then smaller angle between them

 is known as angle between vectors.
Magnitude

Unit vector actually represent the direction of mother vector.

A
A angle between
Unit vector tells us a particular direction and it can be used vector A & B
to write any other vector in the direction of unit vector.

For example B B

 
If we want to write a B (B) in the direction of A (A) then we 3. ADDITION OF VECTORS

have to use magnitude of B and direction of A .
There are two methods of vector addition :

 A (1) Graphical method
Direction of A is  
A (2) Analytical method

Magnitude of B = B
3.1 Graphical method

so B   B  Aˆ   We have 2 technique of graphical method (a) Triangle law
Standard Unit Vector of vector addition (b) Parallelogram law of vector addition.
We have three standard unit vector (a) Triangle Law of Vector addition
(1) along x axis = + ˆi,  ˆi    
A  B  R ?? (What is R )
(2) along y axis = + ˆj,  ˆj Arrange vector in such a way, in which tail of second
vector should be on head of first vector then third side of
ˆ  kˆ
(3) along z axis = + k, possible  will be the resultant vector or resultant effect
of addition.
Example - 1
Write a force vector of magnitude 10 N along negative x A
axis.
R
B

 
Ans. F  10 N  ˆi  10 ˆi  N  B R

Exampler - 2 A
2
Write acceleration vector of magnitude 20 m/s along z  
axis.  = angle between A and B



Ans. a  20 m / s
2
  kˆ   20 kˆ  m / s 
2
 11 BASIC MATHEMATICS

2 2 2
(oc) = (od) + (cd)
2 2 2
R = (A + B cos ) + (B sin )
2 2 2 2 2 2
If 3 or more vectors, then also we can apply same concept R = A + B cos  + 2 AB cos  + B sin 
then it will be known as polygon law of vector addition.
    R  A 2  B2  2ABcos 
A  B  C  R ??
    
| R |  | A |2  | B |2 2 | A || B |cos 
C
B cd Bsin 
R tan   
C od A  B cos 
B
A
A  Bsin   
  tan 1   from A
 A  B cos  
Remark
 
Subtraction of vector can also be done by knowing addition. Maximum value of sum of two vectors will be | A |  | B |
    
AB R when  = 0° and its minimum value will be | A |  | B | when
    = 180° so we can say that
A  (B)  R
  
| R |min  | R |  | R |max
B
A     
| A || B | | R || A |  | B |

(–B) Remark
R
When angle between them is  = /2 then
A
  
| R | | A |2  | B |2
(b) Parallelogram Law of addition :
 
Take two vectors A and B with angle .
R
B
b c

(B) B R
A

O 
A (A) a d |B|
tan   
|A|
obca is a parallelogram that’s why it is known as

parallelogram law of addition. |A|
tan   
From given figure |B|
ad = ac cos  cd = ac sin 
3.2 Analytical Method
ad = B cos  cd = B sin 
od = oa + ad = A + B cos  In this method we convert a vector addition problem to an
ordinary addition problem by resolving the vector along 2
cd = B sin 
or 3 mutually  direction.
BASIC MATHEMATICS 12

Resolution of a vector : This can also be used to write a 

vector interm of standard unit vectors. | A | A 2x  A 2y  A 2z

y  From oab
2 2 2
oa is  to ab so (ob) = (oa) + (ab)

A ob = A 2x  A 2y
Ay
from obc
2 2 2
Ax ob is  to cb so (oc) = (ob) + (cb)
x 2

According to Triangle Law

A2   A 2x  A 2y  A 2
z

  
A  Ax  Ay A  A 2x  A 2y  A 2z
 
A x  A x ˆi A y  A y ˆj Example - 1

 ˆj
Write given vectors in terms of standard unit vectors.
A Ax ˆi  Ay
 
  y
x component
 y component

of A of A 2
E (20 m/s ) D (10N)
 
A x | A |cos  A y | A |sin 

= A cos  = A sin 
30° A (10N)
 x
A   A cos   ˆi   A sin   ˆj 53° 37°

This shows that we can always write a vector interm of its

C (15N) B (20 m/s)
components along x and y axis.
Just by symmetry we can say if a vector is in 3D then it can Point to remember
be written as sum of its component along x, y, and z axis.
37° 53°
z sin 3/5 4/5
cos 4/5 3/5
c tan 3/4 4/3

A
Az Example - 2

Ax O y A force of 20 N is applied on a block write its horizontal and

vertical components
a
Ay b 20 N
x

   
A  Ax  A y  Az 37°


A  A x ˆi  A y ˆj  A z kˆ
13 BASIC MATHEMATICS

Example - 3 Example - 8
Find the resultant of given two vectors also find angle made
 Write a velocity vector of magnitude 20 m/s in the direction
by resultant vector with B . 
of given force vector F  3iˆ  4ˆj  N  .

Example - 9
B (4N)
 
Find angle between A and B if
60°    
| A  B | | A  B |
A (2N)
Example - 10

Example - 4      |R|
If P  Q  R  0 and | P |  | Q | and they are coplaner
Write vector interms of standard unit vector with co- 2
ordinates of head and tail to be vectors then find angle between vectors.
(x2, y2, z2) and (x1, y1, z1).
4. PRODUCT OF VECTORS
Example - 5
There are two types of vector products
A car moves along north with speed of 50 m/s then it takes (1) Scalar Product (Dot Product)
a right turn and moves with 50 m/s along south. Find change
(b) Vector Product (Cross Product)
in speed and change in velocity.
4.1 DOT product
Example - 6
 
Find the magnitude of unknown forces (F1 & F3) if object is (a) If A and B are two vectors having anlge between them is 
in equilibrium in the presence of given forces. then dot product of vectors is defined as

F4 (15N)
Read as A dot B

object Dot product of two vectors results into scalar quantity. If a

53° physical quantity depends on dot product of two vector
physical quantity then that physical quantity should be
37° F1 (F1) scalar.

For example

 
W  F  d  Fd cos 
F3 (F3)
F2 (10N)

 
1. A.A  A A cos  0   A 2
Example - 7
2. A ˆ  12  1
ˆ .A
Write unit vector for given vector

A  2iˆ  3jˆ  6kˆ 3. ˆi . ˆi  1  ˆj . ˆj  kˆ . kˆ
BASIC MATHEMATICS 14
   
4. A . B  0 then A  B 4.2 Cross Product

ˆi . ˆj  ˆj .kˆ  kˆ . ˆj  0  
If A and B are two vectors and angle between them is 
    then cross product of two vectors will be
5. A.BB.A   
 AB  C
6. A  A x ˆi  A y ˆj  A z kˆ   
Magnitude of vector | C | | A | | B | sin 

B  Bx ˆi  By ˆj  Bz kˆ   
Direction of C will be perpendicular to both A and B .
 
A . B  A x B x  A y B y  A z Bz

7. Angle between two vectors

  Vector, result of A × B
A .B
cos    
|A||B|

B
A x B x  A y B y  A z Bz

A 2x  A 2y  A z2 B2x  B2y  Bz2

A
Example - 1
 
Find the value of A.B if Vector, result of B × A

A  ˆi  ˆj  3kˆ
    
B  2iˆ  3jˆ  kˆ | A  B |  | B A |

Example - 2    

A  B   B A 
 
Find the value of a so that A is  to B

A  2 ˆi  a ˆj  3kˆ

B  2 ˆi  ˆj  3a kˆ  
If A and B is represented in terms of unit vectors as
Example - 3 
A  A ˆi  A ˆj  A kˆ
x y z
 
Find angle between A and B given in previous problem.
B  Bx ˆi  By ˆj  Bz kˆ
Example - 4
then
 
A  6 ˆi  3jˆ  2kˆ , find angle made by A with x, y and z axis.
ˆi ˆj kˆ
 
Example - 5 A  B  Ax Ay Az
  Bx By Bz
Find component of A along B if

A  6 ˆi  3jˆ  2kˆ  ˆi  A y Bz  B y A z   ˆj  A x Bz  A z Bx   k̂  A x B y  A y Bx 

B  2 ˆi  ˆj  kˆ
15 BASIC MATHEMATICS

Example - 5
   
 
ˆ A
ˆ 0
  
What will be the value of A  B  A  B . 
AA  0 , A

ˆi  ˆi  0  ˆj  ˆj  kˆ  kˆ Example - 6
   
If angle between two vectors A & B is  and if | A |  | B |
Example - 1    
 
then angle between A  B and A  B .  
 
There are two vectors A  2iˆ  4ˆj  k,
ˆ B  ˆi  5jˆ  3kˆ . Find Solve problem by
    (1) Non Graphical Method
(1) A  B (2) Unit vector  to A & B
(2) Graphical Method

Example - 2 Example - 7
  If two vectors of equal magnitude (F) are inclined at angle 
Find angle between A & B if
then find resultant vector if
   
| AB | 3 A . B .  (a)  = 60°
(b)  = 90°
Example - 3 (c)  = 120°

  
Find value of A. A  B   Example - 8

Find resultant and of two vectors given in figures.

Example - 4
F2 (20N)
 
If angle between A & B is  then what will be angle
   

between A and  A  B  A  vector..  37°

F1 (20N)
Solve the problem with two methods.
BASIC MATHEMATICS 16

CALCULUS
1. DIFFERENTIATION OF A FUNCTION
dy
If we say y as a function of x then we write = slope of tangent on curve between y and x at one
dx
y = f (x)
point.
x = Independent variable
Mathematically that is called differentiation of y with respect
y = Dependent variable.
dy
In physics we study variation of a quantity y with respect to x = .
to quantity x and we also study rate at which y changes dx
when x changes.

y 1. Rate of change of y with respect to x

dy
y2 2. Slope of tangent on curve between y & x at one point
dx

3. Differentiation of y with respect to x

y1
In physics, first we will study the linear motion of an object
here position of object is represented by x which changes
x with time t, then
x1 x2

One simple way to see variation of y with x Rate of change of x with respect to t

y dx
Rate of change of y with change in x  Slope of tangent on curve between x & t at one point
x dt
y
Graphically one can see that  tan  Differentiation of x with respect to t
x
Now lets say x1 approaches to x2 then x  0 or it will be
very-very small and we write it dx. In that way y approaches and that is equal to velocity (Magnitude of velocity)
to y2 and y  0 and written as dy.
dx dx
So, v | v |  speed
dt dt
dy
Rate of change of y with respect to x = (at one point) Similarly when velocity changes with time then we say
dx
Graphically it is tangent of curve on given point. dv
 a  acceleration
dt
y
so we can define
Velocity  That is rate of change of position with respect
to t.
Acceleration  that is rate of change of velocity with
respect to t.
x
 17 BASIC MATHEMATICS

Tips
dy  dz 
if x = f (t)  f ' x   
dx  dx 

dx   differentiate in normal way 
v  x  f ' t 
dt
Example - 1

dv d  dx  d 2 x  1. Obtain first derivative of given functions

a     x  f ''  t 
dt dt  dt  dt 1
2
(1) y = x (2) y 
We are studying application of differentiation in physics. x7 / 2
2 x
[Explain v, a, acceleration and retardation]. (3) y = x sin x (4) y = e n (x)

Standard Rules and Formulas of differentiation : x2

(5) y 
x 3
(6) y = e tan x + x
tan x
n  n–1
1. y=x y =nx
x2
2. y = c  y = cx
0
y=0 2 x
(7) y = x a +  e x n  x 
sin x

3. y= sin x y = cos x Example - 2
A particle of mass 2 kg moves along x axis and if position co-

4. y = cos x y = – sin x ordinate varies with t,

 t 3 5t 2
5. y = tan x y = sec2 x xt    6t  4
3 2

6. y = cot x y = – cosec2 x Find
(a) Initial position
 1 (b) v (t) and Initial velocity
7. y = n (x) y
x
(c) a (t)
x
8. y = e (exponantial function)
(d) Time at which particle changes its direction

y = ex (e) Find time Interval during which particle accelerates and
retardation.
x 
y = ax n (x) * (explain  general meaning of acceleration and retardation)
9. y=a
(Take time to explain that) (Detail explanation latter)
Rules


Differentiation by Substitution
1. y = f1(x) + f2 (x) y = f1’(x) + f2’(x)
Example - 1

2. y = c f (x) y = cf’(x)
5 dy
y = (2x + 5) Find

dx
3. y = f1(x) f2(x) y = f1(x) f2’(x) + f1’(x) f2(x)
Sol. 2x + 5 = t t = 2x + 5
f1  x  f 2  x  f1 '  x   f1  x  f 2 '  x  dt
4. y  y=t
5
2
f2  x  [f 2 (x)]2 dx

Chain rule dy  dt 
 5t 4   (according to chain rule)
dx  dx 
1. y = f (x) Now if we want to differentiate with respect to 4 4
third variable say z. = 5 (2x + 5) (2) = 10 (2x + 5)
BASIC MATHEMATICS 18

Example -2
y

y  sin  x  Find y
Example - 3

Calculate first derivative of given functions

2
 1 
(1) y   x  
 x
2
x
(2) y = sin (x)
2 3
(3) y = x n (x )
(4) y = n ( (2x + 3)
1/2 2  1

Example -4 tan 2  tan 1

d2 y dy dy
4
For y = (2x – 3) find 
dx 2 dx 2 dx 1

(Here explain the meaning of second derivative) Slope decreasing that means first derivative is decreasing
that means second derivative will be negative.
1.1 Increasing and Decreasing function
d2 y
0
Increasing function dx 2

Suppose y = f (x) and if on  in x, y also  the function is

Example -1
increasing function. There are two types of possible
2
graphical variations. y = x (x > 1)

y 
Sol. y = 2x


x y


y=2>0

Increasing graph with increasing slope concave upward.

x
Example - 2

2  1 y x x>1

tan 2  tan 1
 1
Sol. y =
dy dy 2 x

dx 2 dx 1

x y
Slope increasing that mean first derivative is also increasing

d2 y d2 y   1
so second derivative should be +ve 0 2
 y   3/ 2  0
dx 2 dx 4x
 19 BASIC MATHEMATICS

Application in physics :

(i) Increasing graph with decreasing slope will be concave

downward. 1.
(ii) Increasing graph, with increasing slope will be concave
upward.

1.2 Decreasing Graphs

On increasing value of x, y decreases. There also two types

of graphs.

y
1.

2.
x


1   2 
2
tan 2 > tan 1

d2 y
Slope is negative but increasing so 0
dx 2

dy d2 y
 0, 2  0
dx dx

If the graph is parabola then second derivative will be

2. constant
2
x = at + bt + c if a > 0

 
x = 2at + b x  0 and constant


x  2a if a < 0


x  0 and constant.
1 > 2 So if acceleration is constant then x and t graph will be
tan 1 > tan 2 parabolla.
Slope decreasing and negative so second derivative is
negative.
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 20

1.3 Maxima Minima of Function Example - 1

A particle moves along x axis and its position varies with

y time according to given graph

A Maxima
y2 y

B G
B H
y1
Minima t
x O A C F
x1 x2
D E
Maxima
(Condition to locate and check point of maxima) (a) Region in which particle acceleration and retardation.
(b) Point at which v = 0, a  0
dy d2 y (c) Point at which v  0, a = 0
0 0
dx dx 2 x1
Example -2
Minima Find the maximum and minimum value function
3 2
(Condition to locate and check point to minima) y = x – 3x + 6

2. INTEGRATION
dy d2 y
 0, 0
dx dx 2 x Integration of a function. Let y = f (x)
2

Area of shaded region of curve is

Point of Inflexion dA = ydx
Concavity changes at A is known as the point of inflextion. Total area bounded by curve y = f (x)

y y

A y2
yA
y

y1
x
A x
x1 x2
dx
dy
0
dx x x2 x2

A 
x  x1
dA   dA
2 x1
d y
0
dx 2 That is called area of graph with integration from x1 to x2.
x1 = lower limit of integration
 21 BASIC MATHEMATICS

x2 = upper limit of integration

x2

 y dx = Definite Integral
x1
Like differentiation, rules of substitution is also applicable
to integration as well in a similar way.

 y dx = Indefinite Integral (without limit) Example-2

 Integration is reverse process of differentiation in which we
Integrate the functions
find a function for which the given function is the derivative
of function.
1 x
dx  dx
(i)  x
(ii)
x 2
4 
3

dx
(iii)  sin  2x  dx (iv)  4x  3

x dx
 dx
(v)
4x 2 (vi) x 2
 a2
Formulas

n x n 1  1 
2
1. x dx 
n 1
c (vii)  sin
2
 x  cos x dx (viii)   x   dx
 x

1
2.  x dx  n  x   c (ix)  cos  2x  3 dx (x)
2
 x  4 dx
3.  sin x dx   cos x  c  2x2 3 dx
(xi) xe
4.  cos x dx  sin x  c Example-3

5.  tan x dx  n  sec x   c 1

Calculate the value of  | x |dx

1
x x
6.  e dx  e c
Example-4

4
Example-1
2
Calculate the value of  | x  4 |dx
4
Find area under the curve of y = x from x = 1 to x = 2

2 Applications in Physics
A   x 2 dx x2 t2
1 dx
v  dx   v d t
dt x1 t1
Rule of Integration
t2
1.  dx  x  c x 2  x1   v dt = Change in position or displacement.
t1

2.  c f  x  dx  c f  x  dx (Area under the curve of v and t graph is displacement)

3.  f  x   g  x  dx   f  x  dx   g  x  dx a
dv
v 2

  dv   a dt
t

dt u t1
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 22

t2
dx
v  u   a dt = Change in velocity..  c  0 and v = c > 0
dt
t1

Constant and Positive

(Area under the curve of a and t graph is change in velocity)
Velocity
Mixed application of differentiation and integration
v = tan 
Example-1
dx
A particle is moving along x axis such that its position varies 2.  c  0, Negative constant.
dt
as
2 3
x = 8t – 3t x
(1) Find velocity at t = 2 sec.
(2) Position when v = 0
(3) Displacement of particle between t = 0 to t = 4 seconds

Example-2

A particle is moving x axis in such a way that its velocity

varies as t
2
v = t – 2t
At t = 0 the particle is at x = +1 m. Find the position of
x
particle at time t = 2 seconds also find acceleration of particle
3.
at x = 1 m.

Example-3 Parabolic
Velocity of particle varies as v = 2x + 1. Find
(a) Acceleration at x = 2m t
(b) Position of particle as a function of t if at t = 0, x = + 1m

Example-4

Derive equations of linear motion for a particle having initial dx

speed v and constant acceleration a. 0 v>0
dt
3. GRAPHS AND THEIR APPLICATION
d2 x
 0 (constant)
1. St. line graph dt 2
y = mx + c
x
x
4. Parabolic

y=c t
t0
t
dx
angle measured anticlockwise from +x axis taken positive. 0 v>0
dt
Positive constant slope.
 23 BASIC MATHEMATICS

d2 x a
 c <0 a=c<0
dt 2 8.

dx Area
tan  = slope = = velocity at a moment t0.
dt

v t
5. t1 t2

Area   adt   dv  v

= v (t2) – v (t1)
 Change in velocity..
t

dv 9.
Slope =  a  tan 
dt 1 Area
Slope is variable so acceleration is also variable. velo.

v
6. x1 x2
displacement

1
Area   dx   dt  t
v
t = Time taken to cover displacement from x1 to x2.

v
dv
Slope =  a  tan 
dt
10. v0
Constant slope so acceleration is constant.

v x
7. t0

Area dv
tan  
dx

t Acceleration at t0 will be
t1 t2
 dv 
 v0    v0  Slope 
 dx 
Area =  v dt   dx  x

displacement from t1 to t2.

BASIC MATHEMATICS 24

Example - 1 Example - 2
A particle is moving along x axis in such a way so that its Particle is moving along straight line such that its
veolcity vs time graph is acceleration varies with time as given graph.

v (m/s)
a (m/s2)

+4 2

t (sec.)
10 20 30 40 80
t (s)
10 sec. 30 sec.
–4
(a) Velocity at = t = 30 seconds if initial speed at t = 0, u = 0.
(b) Displacement in t = 0 to t = 30 sec.
Find :
(a) Acceleration of particle at t = 5 sec, 15 sec, 30 sec, t = 60
sec.
(b) Displacement of particle between t = 0 to t = 80 sec.
(c) Distance travelled by particle from t = 0 – 80 sec.
(d) Plote acceleration vs t graph for motion of particle..
 25 BASIC MATHEMATICS

UNIT AND DIMENSIONS

1. UNIT 1. Fundamental/Base quantity :
Standard value of a physical quantity is called unit of the 1. Mass  M  kg
quanity.
2. Length  L  meter (m)
unit
3. Time  T  sec.
Physical Quantity = n u 4. Current  A/I  Ampere

numerical value 5. Thermodynamic Temperature  /k  Kelvin

Remarks : When we convert a physical quantity from one 6. Luminous Intensity  cd  Candela
unit to another unit, then physical value of quantity does 7. Amount of Substance  mol  mole
not change but if n  u  2. Plane angle
Q = nu = n0v0 = n1u1

Example r

kg g
dw = 1000 1
m3 cm3
Characteristics of unit : r
1. The unit should be internationally acceptable.
2. The unit must not change with time and space. 
 (radian)
3. It should be easily accessible. r
4. It should be reproducable. 3. Solid angle
Different system of Units :
r
1. MKS system : Mass  kg, L m, T  sec.
2. CGS system : M  gm, L  cm, T  sec.
A
3. FPS system : M  pound, L  foot, T  sec.
4. SI system : System International
r
How SI is different from others :
1. Base quantity is 7 not 3.
A
2. Names given to the units derived from these 7 base units  steradian
r2
(Name of scientists used).
3. Two complementary quantities introduced. 2. DIMENSIONS
(1) Plane angle  radian
Power of base quantities are called dimensions.
(2) Solid angle  steratian
For example
4. Prefixes used, e.g., micro, milli, mega, pico etc.
Force = mass × acceleration
Types of physical Quantities
 length 
= (mass) ×  
  time 2 
 
Fundamental Derived Complementay 1 1
= (mass) (length) (time)
–2

(Base) Quantity Quantity

 BASIC MATHEMATICS 26

Dimension of mass in force = 1 3. With the help of dimensional analysis we can check the
Dimension of length in force = 1 physical relation between physical quantities.
Dimension of time in force = –2 Example - 3
When a physical quantity is expresed interms of power of
Check the formula for centrepetal force
base quantities then the exponent of base quantity that
enters into expression is called dimension of quantity in the mv 2
base. So dimensional formula for force will be F
1 1 –2
r2
Force = (mass) (length) (time)
1 1 –2 –2 [Dimension of LHS = Dimension of RHS]
= M L T = [MLT ]
2 2
–2  1
  L  1    ML2  2 T 2 
Example - 1 [MLT ] =  M LT   

Find dimensional formulas of given quantities.
 MLT 2   MLT 2 so given formula is incorrect.
 1 2
1. Energy  K  mv 
 2  Example–4

GM1M 2  Formula for displacement of particle in a linear motion is


2. Universal constant of Gravitation.  F   S = ut + at
2
 r2 
u = velocity (Initial) a = acceleration
 F
3. Gas constant  PV  nRT, P   t = time
 A 2
Dimension of S = Dimension of ut = Dimension of at
–1 1 –2 2
F v  [L] [LT × T ] [LT × T ]
4. Coefficient of Viscosity    
A   [L] = [L] = [L]

 2 W
5. Electric Resistance  P  I R P  
 t 
Uses of dimensional analysis : This formula looks correct according to dimensional
analysis but it is not a actual correct formula. If formula
1. With the help of dimensional analysis, we can write the unit contains a dimensionless number then it will not appear in
of quantity dimensional analysis.
 m3  We should take care that a, “Here dimensionally incorrect
–1 3 –2
G = [M L T ]  2  formula must be an incorrect formula but dimensionally
 kg sec 
correct need not to be correct always.”
2. With the help of dimensional analysis we can convert a
physical quantity from one unit system to another unit 4. With the help of dimensional analysis we can establish the
system. relation among physical quantities.

Example–1 Example
5
Prove that 1 N = 10 dyne  CGS unit of force. Time period of simple pendulum depends on (a)  (length)
–2
(b) g (acceleration) (c) m (mass).
F=MLT
Establish Relation for time period T  m x  y g z
 1  kg m sec 2 

= 1 [1000 g. 100 cm sec ]

–2
Sol. T  K m x  y g z (K  Dimensionless constant)
5 –2 5
= 10 [g cm sec ] = 10 dyne. Dimension of LHS = Dimension of RHS
0 0 1 x y –2 z x y+z –2z
Example–2 M L T = M L (LT ) = M L T
7
Prove 1 J = 10 egs CGS unit of energy. x=0 y+z=0 –2 z = 1
27 BASIC MATHEMATICS

1 1 Example - 3
x=0  z y
2 2 Young’s modulus of elasticity for a given material can be
worked out by

T  Km0 1/ 2 g 1/ 2  K
g
 cos   t x 
Y
y
 = angle t = time  = Torque
Here with dimensional analysis we can’t find K untill unless
any additional information is not given.  F/ A 
 = length Y young’s modulus  
 L / L 
MIXED EXAMPLES
Example - 4
Example - 1 Velocity sound gas depends on bulk modulus and density
Rate of heat transfer in radiation is of air. Establish the formula for velocity of sound.

Example - 5
dQ
  AT 4
dt Frequency of standing wave depends on length of wire ()
tension wire (T) and mass per unit length (). Establish
dQ  J  Relation for frequency.
  Rate of heat transfer
dt  sec  
Example - 6
A = Area 3
Flow rate of non ideal fluid (Q in m /sec) through a narrow
T = Temperature tube depends on radius of tube (r), coefficient of viscosity
 = Stefan’s constant.
 P 
Write dimensional formula of . () and pressure gradient   . Establish Relation for Q.
  
dQ / dt J/s Example - 7
  2 4
AT 4 mK
Displacement of particle from mean position in a wave motion
J ML T 2 2 is denoted by
  2 4
m 2 sK 4 L T y (x, t) = A sin  x  t   

   MT 34  Write the dimensional formula for  and A.

Example - 8
Example -2
If we consider universal constant of gravitation G, velocity
Write dimensional formula of D from given equation
of light C and plank’s constant h as a fundamental quantities
then write dimensional formula of mass, length and time.
 N  N1 
n  D  2 
 x 2  x1 

n = no. of particle per unit area.

N = Particles per unit volume.
x = Position of particles.
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 28

SIGNIFICANT FIGURES
When we measure a physical quantity from a measuring 1. All cyphers between 2 non-zero nos. will be significant.
instrument then we have to write the measurement in terms
of meaningful figure in the measured quantity. These Example - 1
meaning figures are called significant figures in the quantity.
10023 sig. figure  5
For example : Measuring length
00123 sig. figure  3
Instrument used = metre scale
2. All cyphers occuring on the left side of non zero are non-
Least count = 0.1 cm significant while those on its right side are significant.
 We can measure the length (cm) only uptil 1 place after
Example - 2
decimal.
Suppose length comes out to be 0.0
 . 300
 0.0
 230

   
non. sig significant non. sig significant
25 . 2 cm

 
  1.0230  all significant
surely partially
certain cetain
1.02300  all significant
Significant figure = Total certain figure + one partially certain 3. If we write a physical quant. without using decimal, then all
figure. the trailing cypers after a non-zero digit will be insignificant.
If written as 25.2  completely uncertain/meaningless. Example - 3
Suppose instrument used in verrier callipers of least count
= 0.01 12 000 100.0

25.2 only 2 sig. figures all significant

then length =  0  partially certain

completely 4. When a physical quantity is converted from 1 unit system
certain
to another then the significant figure in the quantity will
(Last digit it partially certain) remain unchanged.

Example - 4

Density of water  1 000 kg/m3

Diff. between accuracy and precision
significant figure
Rod
1 g/cm3
L0 = 25.5 cm
1 significant figure
Standard length

Suppose it is measured 2 times. Similarly  1 m 0.01 cm

1. With meter scale  25.4 cm  more accurate. 1 significant figure 1 significant figure

2. With vernier calliper  25.38 cm  more precise. Rules of doing mathematical operation with accounting
(1) is  accurate as it is closer to standard value. significant figures :
1. In multiplication or division the final result should be given
(2) is  precise because least count as (2)  0.01 and in no. of significant figure which were present in the original
(1)  0.1 least significant figure quantity.
Rule of counting significant figures 
29 BASIC MATHEMATICS

Example - 5 2. In addition or substraction the final result should be

expressed in terms of decimal place which were present in
a = 10.2 cm  S. F.  3 the least decimal place in original no.

a = 10.2 cm Example - 6

1 0.2 3 0
b = 2.0 cm 2.02
+ 14.5  result should last only uptil this decimal place.

S. F.  2  Result should have these much S.F.. 1 0. 2

2. 0
Area = a × b = 10.2 × 2.0 + 1 4. 5
2 6. 7
20.40
with accounting significant figure
4 S.F.

2 23.258 23.3
To make them 2 we will write it as  2.0 × 10 cm – 1.2 – 1.2
22.1
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 30

ERROR IN MEASUREMENT
Every measured quantity will have some uncertainity. This So Ammeter will always show current less than the original
uncertainity is called error in the measurement. current.
Example - 1 Random error : If error can be +ve or –ve both i.e. in any
direction then the error is called random error.
Measured value of a quantity = x
Example - 3
uncertainity = x  error in measurement
 absolute error in measurement Error due to least count of instrument, error due to
atmospheric fluctuations, human unbiased errors.

Remarks

(i) Relative/fractional error in measurement Error in the measurement occuring because of least count
of instument will either be equal to the least count or it may
x
 1
x be of least count.
2
(ii) Percentage error in the measurement
= Relative error × 100 Example - 4
x
  100 x = 25.4 cm
x
least count = 0.1 cm
Types of error in the measurement
error = ± 0.1 cm
Types of error in the measurement is broadly divided into 2 or = 0.05 cm
categories.
Propagation of error
(1) Systematic error
(2) Random error Every measured quantity from an instant will have error. If
we calculate another physical quantity by using measured
System error : If error in the measurement is unidirectional
quantity then this calculated quantity will also have error.
(either +ve or –ve) then that error is called systematic error.
Let a and b are measured quantities a and b are error in
Example - 2 the measured quantity.
0 error in the instrument, error due to the principle on which Let x is a calculated quantity (depends on a and b)
the instrument is based, human biased error. 1. If x = a + b
R
vvvvvv error x  a  b  valud if error is systematic

If Randome x   | a |  | b |  max possible error..

v v
I=— Similarly if x = a – b
R
R x = a – b  Systematic error.
vvvvvv
If random then, x   | a |  | b |
m n
A 2. If x = a × b m & n are number.
v I
n x = m na + n nb
RA Resistance in Ammeter
dx da db
V m n
Reading of Ammeter = –––––– x a b
R + RA
 31 BASIC MATHEMATICS

x a b Remember :
m m
x a b Rule 2 and Rule 3 will hold only when the magnitude is very
very less than the measured quantity.
 a b  a << a
x  x m  n   when error is systematic

absolute
 a b  b << b
error

Example - 5
If random then 
The sides of rectangle are (10.5 ± 0.2) cm and (5.2 ± 0.1) cm
 a b  Find
x   x  m n 
 a b  (i) perimeter of rectangle with error limit.
(ii) % error in the calculation of perimeter.
am (iii) Area of rectangle with error limit.
Similarly if  x n
b
(iv) % error in the calculation of area.
n x = m n a – n n b
Sol. a = 10.5 cm a = ± 0.2 cm
dx da db b = 5.2 cm b = ± 0.1 cm
 m n
x a b
(i) Perimeter (P)  31.4 ± 0.6 cm
x a b 0.6
m n 600
x a b (ii) % error in P   100   1.9%
31.4 314

 a b  (iii) Area = 54.60

x  x m  n  systematic
 a b 
 0.2 0.1 
x = ± 54.60°   
10.5 5.2 
 a b 
If random x   x  m a  n b  ± [1.04 + 1.05]
 
± 2.09
1 2
1 1 1 A = 54.60 ± 2.09 = (5.5 × 10 ± 2) cm
3. If   differentiating both sides
x a b
21.09 2090
(iv) % error in A   100   3.6%
dx da ab 54.60 546
 2  2  2
x a b
= 4%
dx da ab Example - 6
 
x 2 a 2 b2
In an experimental determining the density  of a
rectangular block of metal the dimension of the block are
x a b
  measured by vernier callipers having least count 0.01 cm
x 2 a 2 b2
and mass is measured with a beam balance of least count
0.1 gm. The error in the measurement is equivalent to least
 a b  count of measuring instrument. The measured values are :
x  x 2   
 a b  Systematic
mass  39.3 gm length = 5.12 cm width = 2.56 cm
thickness = 0.37 cm
 a
2 b 
x   x    Find the maximum possible error in determing the density
 a b  Random of block.
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 32

M M Example - 6
Sol.     M  x 1  y 1  z 1
V xyz
The error in the measurement of radius of sphere is ± 0.5%
then what is the % error in the measurement of volume of
 M x y z  the sphere.
       
 M x y z 
Sol. Let radius = r

39.3 3 4 3
 8.1 g/cm v r
5.12  2.56  0.37 3

 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01  4

=  8.1       nV  n   nr 3
 39.3 5.12 2.56 0.37  3

= ± 0.286 V r
  03
= ± 0.3 V r
3
 = (8.1 ± 0.3) g/cm = V ± 3 (0.5 %)
= ± 1.5%
 33 BASIC MATHEMATICS

EXERCISE - 1 : UNIT & DIMENSION, ERROR AND SIGNIFICANT FIGURES

Unit and Dimension

1. The unit of momentum is hc Gc
(a) (b)
(a) N s (b) Ns –1 G h
(c) N m (d) N m –1
In the relation y = r sin (  t – kx), the dimensions of
hG
2.  /k (c) (d) hGc
are c
(a) [M0L0T0] (b) [M0L1T–1]
a
(c) [M0L0T1] (d) [M0L1T0] 8. In the equation Snth = u + (2n – 1), the letters have their
2
3. If the acceleration due to gravity is 10 ms–2 and the units of
usual meanings. The dimensional formula of Snth is
length and time are changed in kilometre and hour
respectively, the numerical value of acceleration is (a) [ML0T] (b) [ML–1T–1]

(a) 360000 (b) 72000 (c) [M0LT–1] (d) [M0LT0]

(c) 36000 (d) 129600 9. If L denotes the inductance of an inductor through which
4. The value of universal gas constant is R = 8.3 J/K – mol. a currect I is flowing, then the dimensional formula of LI2 is
The value of R in atmosphere litre per kelvin mol (a) [MLT–2]
(a) 8.12 (b) 0.00812 (b) [ML2T–2]
(c) 81.2 (d) 0.0812 (c) [M2L2T–2]
5. The expression for centripetal force depends upon mass
(d) not expressible in terms of M. L. T.
of body, speed of the body and the radius of circular path.
Find the expression for centripetal force A
10. If v   Bt 2  Ct 3 where v is velocity, t is time and A,
t
mv 2 mv 2 B and C are constants, then the dimensional formula of B
(a) F= (b) F 
2r 3 r is
(a) [M0LT0] (b) [ML0T0]
2 2 2
mv mv (c) [M0L0T] (d) [M0LT–3]
(c) F (d) F
r2 2r
11. The equation of alternating current is I = I0e–t/CR, where t is
6. The damping force of an oscillating particle us observed time, C is capacitance and R is resistance of coil, then the
to be proportional to velocity. The constant of dimensions of C R is
proportionality can be measured in (a) [MLT–1] (b) [M0LT]
(a) kg s –1 (b) kg s
(c) [M0L0T] (d) None of these
–1 –1 –1
(c) kg m s (d) kg m s
12. Taking frequency f, velocity v and density p to be the
7. Consider a new system of units in which c (speed of light fundamental quantities, then the dimensional formula for
in vacuum), h (Planck’s constant) and G (gravitational momentum will be
constant) are taken as fundamental units. Which of the
(a) [ pv4 f –3] (b) [ pv3 f –1]
following would correctly represent mass in this new
system ? (c) [ pv f 2] (d) [ p2v2 f 2]
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 34

13. If p represents radiation pressure, C represents speed of 20. If I is the moment of inertia and the angular velocity,
light and q represents radiation energy striking a unit area what is the dimensional formula of rotational kinetic energy
pre second, then non–zero integers a, b and c are such that 1 
paqbCc is dimensionless, then I 
2
(a) a = 1, b = 1, c = – 1 (b) a = 1, b = –1, c = 1
(a) [ML2T–1] (b) [M2L–1T–2]
(c) a = –1, b = 1, c = 1 (d) a = 1, b = 1, c = 1
(c) [ML2T–2] (d) [M2L–1T–2]
14. In the equation y = a sin(t + kx), the dimensional formula
21. A gas bubble from an explosion under water oscillates with
of  is
a time period T, depends upon static pressure p, density of
(a) [M0L0T–1] (b) [M0LT–1] water p and the total energy of explosion E. Find the
(c) [ML0T0] (d) [M0L–1T0] epression for the time period T. (where, k is a dimensionless
constant)
15. The expression [ML–1T–1] represents
(a) T = kp–5/6p1/2E1/3 (b) T = kp–4/7p1/2E1/3
(a) momentum (b) force
(c) pressure (d) coefficient of viscosity (c) T = kp–5/6p1/2E1/2 (d)T = kp–4/7p1/3E1/2

16. The maximum static friction on a body is F =  Here, 22. The magnetic force on a point moving charge is
N = normal reaction force on the body = coefiicient of   
F  q(v  B).
static friction.
Here, q = electric charge
The dimensions of  are

(a) [MLT–2] (b) [M0L0T0] v = velocity of the point charge
(c) Dimensionless (d) None of these

B = magnetic field
17. If F = 6arbvc Dimension of B is
where F = viscous force (a) [MLT–1A] (b) [MLT–2A–1]
 = coeffficient of viscosity (c) [MT–2A–1] (d) None of these
r = radius of spherical body 23. The velocity v of water waves may depend on their
v = terminal velocity of the body wavelenght (), the density of water (p) and the acceleration
due to gravity(g). The method of dimensions gives the
Find the values of a, b and c.
relation between these quantities as
(a) a = 1, b = 2,c = 1 (b) a = 1, b = 1,c = 1
(a) v2 –1 p–1 (b) v2  g 
(c) a = 2, b = 1,c = 1 (d) a = 2, b = 2,c = 2
(c) v2 g p (d) g–1  
F 24. If E, m, J and G represent energy, mass, angular momentum
18. The surface tension is T = , then the dimensions of and gravitational constant respectively, then the

dimensional formula of EJ2/m5G2 is
surface tension are
(a) [MLT–2] (b) [M0L0T]
(a) [MLT–2] (b) [MT–2]
(c) [M0L2T0] (d) dimensionless
(c) [M0L0T0] (d) None of these
25. The wavelength associated with a moving particle depends
1 3 upon power p of its mass m, qth power of its velocity v and
19. If S = ft ,f has the dimensions of rth power of Planck’s constant h. Then the correct set of
3
values of p, q and r is
(a) [M0L–1T3] (b) [MLT–3]
(a) p = 1, q = –1, r = 1 (b) p = 1, q = 1, r = 1
(c) [M0L1T–3] (d) [M0L–1T–3] (c) p = –1, q = –1, r = –1 (d) p = –1, q = –1, r = 1
 35 BASIC MATHEMATICS

26. The time dependence of a physical quantity P is given by

2
P = P0e–t where  is a constant and t is time. Then constnat ky
32. What is the unit of k in the relation U = where
 is y  a2
2

–2
(a) Dimensionless (b) Dimension of T
U represents the potential energy, y represents the
2
(c) Dimensions of P (d) Dimension of T displacement and a represents the maximum displacement
27. In the equation X = 3YZ2 , X and Z have dimensions of ie, amplitude?
capacitance and magnetic induction respectively. In MKSQ
(a) m s–1 (b) m s
system, the dimensional formula of Y is
(c) J m (d) J s–1
(a) [M–3L–2T–2Q–4] (b) [ML–2]
33. The velocity v (in cms–1) of a particle is given in terms of
(c) [M–3L–2Q4T8] (d) [M–3L–2Q4T4]
time t (in sec) by the equation.
n2  n1
28. The number of particles given by n = – D are b . The dimensions of a, b and c are
x2  x1 v  at 
t c
crossing a unit area perpendicular to x–axis in unit time,
a b c
where n1 and n2 are the number of particles per unit volume
2
for the values x1 and x2 of x respectively. Then the (a) [L ] [T] [LT2]
dimensional formula of diffusion constant D is (b) [LT2] [LT] [L]
(a) [M0LT0] (b) [M0L2T–4] (c) [LT–2] [L] [T]
(c) [M0LT–3] (d) [M0L2T–1] (d) [L] [LT] [T2]
29. Given X = (Gh / c3)1/2, where G, h and c are gravitational Error
constant, Planck’s cosntant and the velocity of light 34. If x = a – b, the the maximum percentage error in the
respectively. Dimensions of X are the same as those of measurement of x will be
(a) mass (b) time
 a  b 
(c) lenght (d) acceleration (a)    100%
 a b 
30. The dimensional formula of coefficient of permittivity for

1 q1q2  a b 
free space (0) in the equation F = , where (b)     100%
4 0 r2  a b 
symbols have their usual meanings, is
 a b 
(a) [ML3A–2T–4] (b) [M–1L–3T4A2] (c)     100%
 a a a b 
(c) [M–1L–3A–2T–4] (d) [ML3A2T–4]
31. The thrust developed by a rocket–motor is given by
 a b 
F = mv + A(p1 – p2), where m is the mass of the gas ejected (d)     100%
per unit time, v is velocity of the gas, A is area of cross–  a a a b 
section of the nozzle, p1, p2 are the pressures of the exhaust 35. If X = A×B and X, A and B are maximum absolute
gas and surrounding atmosphere. The formula is errors in X, A and B respectively, then the maximum relative
dimensionally eirror in X is given by
(a) Correct
(a) X = A + B (b) X = A – B
(b) Wrong
(c) Sometimes wrong, sometimes correct X A B X A B
(c)   (d)  
(d) Data is not adequate
X A B X A B
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 36

36. The percentage errors in the measurement of mass and 44. The internal and external diameters of a hollow cylinder are
speed are 2% and 3% respectively. How much will be the measured with the help of a vernier callipers. Their values
mzximum error in the estimate of kinetic energy obtained are 4.23± 0.01 cm and 3.87±0.01 cm respectively. The
by measuring mass and speed? thickness of the wall of the cylinder is
(a) 11% (b) 8% (a) 0.36± 0.02cm (b) 0.18± 0.02cm
(c) 5% (d) 1% (c) 0.36± 0.01cm (d) 0.18± 0.01cm
37. Error in the measurement of radius of sphere is 2%. The 45. In an experiment, we measure quantities a, b and c. Then x
error in the measurement of volume is
(a) 1% (b) 5% ab2
is calculated from the formula, x = . The percentage
(c) 3% (d) 6% c3
38. If there is a positve error of 50% in the measurement of errors in a, b, c are ± 1%, ± 3%, and ± 2% respectively. The
speed of a body, then the error in the measurement of kinetic percentage error in x can be
energy is (a) ±1% (b) ±4%
(a) 25% (b) 50% (c) 7% (d) ±13%
(c) 100% (d) 125% 46. The pressure on a square plate is measured by measuring
39. The radius of the sphere is (4.3 ± 0.1)cm. The percentage the force on the plate and the lenght of the sides of the
error in its volume is
F
plate by using the formula p = . If the maximum errors
0.1 0.1100 2
(a) × 100 (b) 3 ×
4.3 4.3 in the measurement of force and length are 4% and 2%
respectively, then the maximum error in the measurement
1 0.1100 1 0.1100
(c)  (d)  of pressure is
3 4.3 3 4.3
(a) 1% (b) 2%
40. A public park, in the form of a square, has an area of
(100±0.2) m2. The side of park is (c) 8% (d) 10%

(a) (10 ± 0.01) m (b) (10 ± 0.1) m 47. Given, potential difference V = (8±0.5) volt and currect I =
(2±0.2)A. the value of resistance R is
(c) (10.0 ± 0.1) m (d)(10.0 ± 0.2) m
(a) 4 ± 16.25% (b) 4 ± 6.25%
41. The specific resistance  of a circular wire of radius r,
(c) 4 ± 10% (d) 4 ± 8%
 r2R
resistance R and lenght  is given by p = .
 1 1 1
  where
48. The focal length of a mirror is given by
Given, r = (0.24 ± 0.02) cm, R = (30 ± 1)  and  = (4.80 ± f u v
0.01) cm. The percentage error in p is nearly
u and v represent object and image distances respectively.
(a) 7% (b) 9% The maximum relative error in f is
(c) 13% (d) 20%
42. If f = x2 , then the relative error in f is
f u v
(a)  
f u v
2 x (x) 2
(a) (b)
x x f 1 1
(b)  
x f u / u v / v
(c) (d) ( x ) 2
x
f u v  (u  v)
43. A physical quantity is represented by X = MaLbT–c . If (c)   
percentage errors in the measurements of M, L and T are f u v uv
and respectively, then total percentage error is
f u v u v
(a) (a + b – c)% (b) (a + b + c)%    
(d)
(c) (a – b – c)% (d) 0%
f u v uv uv
 37 BASIC MATHEMATICS

49. The lenght , breadth b and thickness t of a block are Representation of Vectors
measured with the help of a metre scale. Given l = 15.12 ± 57. A vector is not changed if
0.01 cm, b = 10.15 ± 0.01 cm, t = 5.28 ± 0.01cm.
(a) it is rotated through an arbitrary angle
The percentage error in volume is
(b) it is multipled by an arbitrary scalar
(a) 0.68% (b) 0.28%
(c) it is cross multiplied by a unit vector
(c) 0.37% (d) 0.48%
(d) it is slid parallel to itself.
50. A wire has a mass (0.3 ± 0.003)g, radius (0.5 + 0.005)mm
and length (6 ±0.06) cm. The maximum precentage error in Representation of Vectors in ˆi, ˆj, kˆ
the measurement of its density is
58. What is the numerical value of vector 3iˆ  4jˆ  5kˆ ?
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4 (a) 3 2 (b) 5 2

51. A student measures the time period of 100 oscillations of

(c) 7 2 (d) 9 2
a simple pendulum four times. The data set is 90 s, 91s, 95
s and 92 s. If the minimum division in the measuring clock 59. The x and y components of a force are 2 N and –3N. The
is 1 s, then the reported mean time should be : force is

(a) 92 ± 5.0 s (b) 92 ± 1.8 s (a) 2iˆ  3jˆ (b) 2iˆ  3jˆ
(c) 92 ± 3 s (d) 92 ± 2 s
Significant Figures (c) 2iˆ  3jˆ (d) 3iˆ  2ˆj

52. The value of 0.99 – 0.989 is Component of Vectors in standard and general directions
–1
(a) 0.001 (b) 0.010 × 10 60. One of the rectangular components of a velocity of 60 kmh
–1

–1
(c) 0.01 × 10–1 (d) 0.1 ×10–3 is 30 km h . The other rectangular component is
53. If 3.8 × 10–6 is added to 4.32 × 10–5 giving due regard to –1
(a) 30 km h (b) 30 3 Km h 1
significant figures, then the result will be
(a) 4.58 × 10–5 (b) 4.7 × 10–5
(c) 30 2 km h 1 (d) zero
–5
(c) 4.5 × 10 (d) None of these
61. A force is inclined at 60° to the horizontal. If its rectangular
54. A cube has a side of length 1.2 × 10–2 m. Calculate its volume
component in the horizontal direction is 50 N, then
(a) 1.7 × 10–6 m3 (b) 1.73 × 10–6 m3
magnitude of the force in the vertical direction is
(c) 1.70 × 10–6 m3 (d) 1.732 × 10–6 m3
(a) 25 N (b) 75 N

VECTOR (c) 87 N (d) 100 N

Definition of Vector Unit Vectors

55. Which one of the following is a scalar quantity ? 62. If 0.5iˆ  0.8 ˆj  ckˆ is a unit vector, then the value of c is
(a) Displacement (b) Electric field
(a) 0.11 (b) 0.22
(c) Acceleration (d) Work
56. Which one of the following is not the vector quantity ? (c) 0.33 (d) 0.89
(a) Torque (b) Displacement
(c) Velocity (d) Speed
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 38

69. Two forces, each equal to F, act as shown in figure. Their

63. What is the unit vector along ˆi  ˆj ?
resultant is

ˆi  ˆj
(a)
2
(b)  
2 ˆi  ˆj

(c) ˆi  ˆj (d) k̂

Addition of Vectors
 F
64. Two forces, each equal to P , act at right angles. Their (a) (b) F
2
effect may be neutralised by a third force acting along their
bisector in the opposite direction with a magnitude of (c) 3F (d) 5F
  
P 70. If A  B  C and A  3, B  3 and C = 3, then the angle
(a) P (b)
2  
between A and B is
P
(c) (d) 2P (a) 0° (b) 30°
2
(c) 60° (d) 90°
 
65. Two forces F1 and F2 are acting at right angles to each other.. 71. If the magnitude of the sum of the two vectors is equal to
Then their resultant is the difference of their magnitudes, then the angle between
vectors is
2 2
(a) F1  F2 (b) F F
1 2
(a) 0° (b) 45°

F1  F2 (c) 90° (d) 180°

(c) F12  F22 (d)
2 72. The simple sum of two co-initial vectors is 16 units. Their
    vectors sum is 8 units. The resultant of the vectors is
66. Given R  A  B and R = A = B. The angle between A and
perpendicular to the smaller vector. The magnitudes of the

B is two vectors are :
(a) 60° (b) 90° (a) 2 units and 14 units (b) 4 units and 12 units
(c) 120° (d) 180° (c) 6 units and 10 units (d) 8 units and 8 units
67. The resultant of two forces, each P, acting at an angle  is  
73. If the resultant of two forces A  B   
and A  B is 
 
(a) 2 P sin (b) 2 P cos
2 2 A 2  B2 , then the angle between these forces is

(c) 2 P cos  (d) P 2

cos 1
 

 A 2  B2   cos 1


 A 2  B2  
(a) (b)
68. The resultant of two vectors of magnitudes 2A and 2A  A  B2


  
 A   B2  
acting at an angle  is 10 A. The correct value of  is :

cos 1


A 2  B2 
 cos 1


 2 A   B2  
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c)

 2 A   B2   (d)  A 2  B2 
   
(c) 60° (d) 90°
 39 BASIC MATHEMATICS

        
74. If the resultant of A and B makes angle  with A and  81. If A and B are two vectors such that A  B  A  B

with B then  
the angle between vectors A and B is :
(a)  always (b)  , if A < B
(a) 0° (b) 60°
(c) , if A > B (d) , if A = B
75. The resultant of two forces at right angle is 5 N. When the (c) 90° (d) 120°

angle between them is 120°, the resultant is 13 . Then the     

82. Two vectors A and B are such that A  B  C and
force are 2 2 2
A +B =C .
(a) 12 N, 13 N (b) 20 N, 5 N  
If  is the angle between positive direction of A and B
(c) 3 N, 4 N (d) 40 N, 15 N then the correct statement is

76. If the sum of the two unit vectors is also a unit vector, then 2
magnitude of their difference is (a)  =  (b)  
3
(a) 2 (b) 3

(c) (d) (c)  = 0 (d)  
4 7 2
     
77. Given that A  B  C  0 . Out of three vectors, two are equal 83. Given that P = 12, Q = 5 and R = 13 also P  Q  R, then the
in magnitude and the magnitude of third vector 2 times  
angle between P and Q will be
that of either of the two having equal magnitude. Then the
angles between vectors are given by : (a)  (b) /2
(a) 45°, 45°, 90° (b) 90°, 135°, 135° (c) zero (d) /4
(c) 30°, 60°, 90° (d) 45°, 60°, 90°    
84. The angle between P  Q and P  Q will be
78. The sum of the magnitudes of two forces acting at a point is
16 N. The resultant of these forces is perpendicular to the (a) 90°
smaller force has a magnitude of 8 N. If the smaller force is (b) between 0° and 180°
magnitude x, then the value of x is
(c) 180° only
(a) 2 N (b) 4 N
(d) None of these
(c) 6 N (d) 7 N
 85. Two vectors of equal magnitude have a resultant equal to

79. Two vectors a and b are at an angle of 60° with each other.. either of them, then the angle between them will be
 
Their resultant makes an angle of 45° with a . If | b | = 2 unit, (a) 30° (b) 120°
 (c) 60° (d) 45°
then | a | is
  
(a) 3 (b) 86. Given that P  Q  R  0. Two out of the three vectors are
3 1
equal in magnitude. The magnitude of the third vector is
(c) 3 1 (d) 3/2
2 times that of the other two. Which of the following
80. Two equal forces (F each) act a point inclined to each other
can be the angles between these vectors ?
at an angle of 120°. The magnitude of their resultant is
(a) F/2 (b) F/4 (a) 90°, 135°, 135° (b) 45°, 45°, 90°

(c) F (s) 2F (c) 30°, 60°, 90° (d) 45°, 90°, 135°
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 40

93. A small sphere is hung by a string fixed to a wall. The

Addition in terms of ˆi, ˆj, kˆ
sphere is pushed away from the wall by a stick. The force
   acting on the sphere are shown in figure. Which of the
87. Given A  ˆi  2jˆ  3kˆ . When a vector B is added to A , we
following statements is wrong ?

get a unit vector along X–axis. Then, B is

(a)  2jˆ  3kˆ (b) ˆi  2ˆj

(c) ˆi  3kˆ (d) 2ˆj  3kˆ


88. The magnitude of the X and Y components of A are 7 and
    
6. Also the magnitudes of X and Y components of A  B (a) P = W tan  (b) T  P  W  0

are 11 and 9 resepectively. What is the magnitude of B ?
(c) T 2  P 2  W 2 (d) T = P + W
(a) 5 (b) 6

(c) 8 (d) 9 94. The X and Y components of vector A have numerical
 
  
89. If the resultant of the vectors ˆi  2ˆj  kˆ , ˆi  ˆj  2kˆ and
values 6 and 6 respectively and that of A  B have  

  numerical values 10 and 9. What is the numerical value of B ?
C is a unit vector along the y-direction, then C is
(a) 2 (b) 3
(a) 2iˆ  kˆ (b) 2iˆ  kˆ (c) 4 (d) 5

(c) 2iˆ  kˆ (d) 2iˆ  kˆ 95. There are two forces each of magnitude 10 units. One
inclined at an anlge of 30° and the other at an angle of 135°
90. What vector must be added to the sum of two vectors
to the positive direction of x-axis. The x and y components
2iˆ  ˆj  3kˆ and 3iˆ  2ˆj  2kˆ so that the resultant is a unit of the resultant are respectively.
vector along Z-axis
(a) 1.59 ˆi and 12.07 ˆj (b) 10 ˆi and 10 ˆj
(a) 5iˆ  kˆ (b)  5 ˆi  3 ˆj
(c) 1.59 ˆi (d) 15.9 ˆi and 12.07 ˆj
(c) 3ˆj  5kˆ (d)  3ˆj  2kˆ
96. A man 80 kg is supported by two cables as shown in the
91. Following forces start acting on a particle at rest at the origin figure. Then the ratio of tensions T1 and T2 is

of the co-ordinate system simultaneously F1  5iˆ  5jˆ  5kˆ ,
  
F2  2iˆ  8jˆ  6kˆ , F3  6iˆ  4ˆj  7kˆ , F4  ˆi  3jˆ  2kˆ .
The particle will move
(a) in x–y plane (b) in y–z plane
(c) in x–z plane (d) along x–axis
92. A boy is hanging from a horizontal branch of a tree. The
tension in the arms will be maximum when the angle (from
the following) between the arms is (a) 1 : 1 (b) 1: 3
(a) 0° (b) 60°
(c) 3 :1 (d) 1 : 3
(c) 90° (d) 120°
 41 BASIC MATHEMATICS

97. Three forces of magnitudes 6 N, 6 N and 102. A particle undergoes three successive displacements given by
72 N act at a
  
corner of a cube along three sides as shown in figure. S1  2 m north–east, S2  2 m due south and S3  4 m,
Resultant of these forces is
30° north of west, then magnitude of net displacement is :

(a) 14  4 3 (b) 14  4 3

(c) 14 (d) none of these

Subtraction of Vectors
103. In a two dimensional motion of a particle, the particle moves

from point A, position vector r1 to point B, position vector

r2 . If the magnitudes of these vectors are respectively, r1 =
(a) 12 N along OB (b) 18 N along OA 3 and r2 = 4 and the angles they make with the x-axis are 1 =
75° and 15°, respectively, then find the magnitude of the
(c) 18 N along OC (d) 12 N along OE displacement vector
 
98. A vector A when added to the vector B  3iˆ  4ˆj yields a
resultant vector that is in the positive y direction and has a
 
magnitude equal to that of B . Find the magnitude of A .

(a) 10 (b) 10

(c) 5 (d) 15 (a) 15 (b) 13

 
99. The resultant of two vectors A and B is perpendicular to (c) 17 (d) 15
 104. A car travelling north at 20 m/s turns and then travels
the vector A and its magnitude is equal to half of the
   south at 20 m/s. The change in its velocity is
magnitude of vector B . Then the angle between A and B (a) zero (b) 40 m/s north
is
(c) 40 m/s south (d) 20 m/s north
(a) 30° (b) 45°  
105. If vectors A and B have an angle  between them, then
(c) 150° (d) 120°
ˆ B
value of | A ˆ | will be :
100. The magnitude of resultant of three vectors of magnitude 1,
2 and 3 whose directions are those of the sides of an  
equilateral triangle taken in order is : (a) 2 cos (b) 2 tan
2 2
(a) zero (b) 2 2 unit 
(c) 2sin (d) none of these
2
(c) 4 3 units (d) 3 unit
101. Unit vector parallel to the resultant of vectors
106. A particle’s velocity changes from 2 ˆi  3 ˆj m/s to  
 
A  4 ˆi  3 ˆj and B  8 ˆi  8 ˆj will be  3iˆ  2 ˆj m/s in 2 s. The acceleration in m/s is : 2

(a)
24 ˆi  5 ˆj
(b)
12iˆ  5 ˆj

(a)  ˆi  5 ˆj  (b)
 ˆi  5 ˆj
13 13 2

(c)
6iˆ  5 ˆj
(d) None of these (c) zero (d)
 ˆi  5 ˆj
13 2
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 42

Dot Product  
114. If A1 and A 2 are two non-collinear unit vectors and if
 
107. If P  4iˆ  2ˆj  6kˆ and Q  ˆi  2jˆ  3kˆ , then the angle      
 

| A1  A 2 | 3 , then the value of A1  A 2 . 2A1  A 2 
which P  Q makes with x-axis is is
(a) 1 (b) 1/2
 3 
1  4 
1
(a) cos   (b) cos   (c) 3/2 (d) 2
 50   50 

115. Consider a vector F  4iˆ  3jˆ . Another vector that is
1  5  1  12  
(c) cos   (d) cos   perpendicular to F is
 50   50 

  (a) 4iˆ  3jˆ (b) 6ˆj

108. Given P  3jˆ  4kˆ and Q  2jˆ  5kˆ . The magnitude of the
scalar product of these vector is (c) 7ˆj (d) 3iˆ  4ˆj
(a) 20 (b) 23
Dot Product (Angle between Vectros)
(c) 26 (d) 5 33
116. The angle between the z–axis and the vector ˆi  ˆj  2 kˆ is
   
109. If P  2iˆ  3jˆ  kˆ and Q  3iˆ  2ˆj , then P  Q is (a) 30° (b) 45°
(a) zero (b) 6 (c) 60° (d) 90°
(c) 12 (d) 15  
117. If A  2iˆ  3jˆ  4kˆ and B  4iˆ  3jˆ  2kˆ , then angle
   
110. If A  B = AB, then the angle between A and B is  
between A and B is
(a) 0° (b) 45° –1 –1
(a) sin (25/29) (b) sin (29/25)
(c) 90° (d) 180° –1 –1
(c) cos (25/29) (d) cos (29/25)

 
111. A force of 10iˆ  3jˆ  6kˆ N acts on a body of mass 100 g
118. What is the angle between  ˆi  2ˆj  2kˆ  and î
   
and displaces it from 6iˆ  5jˆ  3kˆ m to 10iˆ  2ˆj  7kˆ m. (a) 0° (b) /6
The work done is (c) /3 (d) None of these
(a) 21 J (b) 121 J 
119. For what value of a, A  2iˆ  ajˆ  kˆ will be perpendicular to
(c) 361 J (d) 1000 J

 B  4iˆ  2ˆj  kˆ
112. A force F  2iˆ  2ˆj N displace a particle through
  (a) 4 (b) zero
S  2iˆ  2kˆ m in 16 s. The power developed by F is
(c) 3.5 (d) 1
–1 –1
(a) 0.25 J s (b) 25 J s
120. The vector sum of two forces is perpendicular to their
–1 –1
(c) 225 J s (d) 450 J s vector differences. In that case, the forces
 
113. If A  B , then which of the following is not correct (a) are not equal to each other in magnitude
(b) cannot be predicted
ˆ B
(a) A ˆ ˆ B
(b) A ˆ  AB
(c) are equal to each other
 
(c) | A |  | B | (d) AB ˆ
ˆ || BA (d) are equal to each other in magnitude
 43 BASIC MATHEMATICS

Dot Product (Component of one on other)      

129. If A  B = 0 and A  B  1 , then A and B are
 
121. Projection of P on Q is (a) perpendicular unit vectors
 
ˆ
(a) P  Q (b) P̂  Q (b) parallel unit vectors
   (c) parallel
ˆ
(c) P  Q (d) P  Q
(d) perpendicular

122. The component of vector A  a x ˆi  a y ˆj  a z kˆ along the 130. The magnitude of the vectors product of two vectors 3
times their scalar product. The angle between the two vectors
 
direction of ˆi  ˆj is
is
(a) (ax – ay + az) (b) (ax + ay) (a) 90° (b) 60°
(c) (ax – ay)/ 2 (d) (ax – ay + az) (c) 45° (d) 30°
 
Cross Product 131. A vector A points vertically upwards and B point towards
   
ˆ B
123. Given  is the angle between A and B . Then | A ˆ | is North. The vector product A  B is
equal to (a) zero
(a) sin  (b) cos  (b) along East
(c) tan  (d) cot  (c) along West
    (d) vectically downwards
124. If P  Q = 0, then | P  Q | is
    
  132. Three vectors A, B and C satisfy the relation A  B  0
(a) | P | |Q | (b) zero    
and A  C  0 . If B and C are not lying in the same line,
(c) 1 (d) PQ 
then A is parallel to
  
125. Given c  a  b . The angle which a makes with c is 
(a) B

(b) C
(a) 0° (b) 45°    
(c) B  C (d) B  C
(c) 90° (d) 180°
  133. If the magnitudes of scalar and vector products of two
126. The magnitudes of the two vectors a and b are a and b
vectors are 6 and 6 3 respectively, then the angle between
 
respectively. The vector product a and b cannot be two vectors is
(a) 15° (b) 30°
(a) equal to zero (b) less than ab
(c) 60° (d) 75°
(c) equal to ab (d) greater than ab
134. Given that A and B are greater than 1. The magnitude of
 
127. Given r  4ˆj and p  2iˆ  3jˆ  kˆ . The angular momentum is  
 
A  B can not be
(a) 4iˆ  8kˆ (b) 8iˆ  4kˆ (a) equal to AB (b) less than AB

(c) 8jˆ (d) 9kˆ (c) more than AB (d) equal to A/B
 
  135. If A  2iˆ  3jˆ  6kˆ and B  3iˆ  6ˆj  2kˆ then vector
128. Given A  4iˆ  6ˆj and B  2iˆ  3jˆ . Which of the following
 
is correct ? perpendicular to both A and B has magnitude k times that
    
(a) A  B  0 (b) A  B  24  
of 6 ˆi  2jˆ  3kˆ . That k is equal to
 (a) 1 (b) 4
|A| 1  
(c)   (d) A and B are anti-parallel (c) 7 (d) 9
|B| 2
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 44

 
136. A proton of velocity 3iˆ  2ˆj  10 ms enters a magnetic
5 1 142. The vectors 2iˆ  3jˆ  2kˆ , 5iˆ  ajˆ  kˆ and ˆi  2ˆj  3kˆ are
coplanar when a is
 
field 2iˆ  3kˆ T. If the specific charge is 9.6 × 10 C kg , the
7 –1
(a) –9 (b) 9
–2
acceleration of the proton in ms is (c) –18 (d) 18
143. The area of the parallelogram represented by the vectors,
 
(a) 6iˆ  9ˆj  4kˆ × 9.6 × 10
12
 
A  4iˆ  3jˆ and B  2iˆ  4ˆj as adjacent side is
 
(b) 6iˆ  9ˆj  4kˆ × 9.6 × 10
12
(a) 14 units (b) 7.5 units
(c) 10 units (d) 5 units
 
(c) 6iˆ  9ˆj  4kˆ × 9.6 × 10
12
 
144. If A and B denote the sides of a parallelogram and its area
 
(d) 6iˆ  9ˆj  4kˆ × 9.6 × 10
12
1  
is AB (A and B are the magnitude of A and B
  2
137. Angle between A and B is . What is the value of  
respectively), the angle between A and B is
  

A B A ?  (a) 30° (b) 60°
2 2
(a) A B cos  (b) A B sin  cos  (c) 45° (d) 120°
2
(c) A B sin  (d) zero      
145. Given, C  A  B and D  B  A . What is the angle
     
138. If A  B  B  A, then the angle between A and B is : between C and D ?
(a)  (b) /3 (a) 30° (b) 60°
(c) /2 (d) /4
(c) 90° (d) 180°
Cross Product (Properties)    
146. If A  B  B  A , then the angle between A and B is
139. The area of a parallelogram farmed from the vector
  (a)  (b) /3
A  ˆi  2ˆj  3kˆ and B  3iˆ  2jˆ  kˆ as adjacent side is
(c) /2 (d) /4
(a) 8 3 units (b) 64 units Miscellaneous
 
(c) 32 units (d) 4 6 units 147. The angle between A and B is . The value of the triple
  
 product A   B  A  is
140. A vector F1 is along the positive Y–axis. If its vector product
2
  (a) A B (b) zero
with another vector F2 is zero, then F2 could be 2 2
(c) A B sin  (d) A B cos 
(a) 4ˆj (b) ˆj  kˆ   
148. If vectors A and B are given by A  5iˆ  6ˆj  3kˆ and

(c) ˆj  kˆ (d) 4 ˆi B  6iˆ  2jˆ  6kˆ . Which is/are of the following correct ?
   
141. If the vectors A  2iˆ  4ˆj and B  5iˆ  pjˆ are parallel to (a) A and B are mutually perpendicular
    
each other, the magnitude of B is (b) Product of A  B is the same B  A
 
(a) 5 5 (b) 10 (c) The magnitude of A and B are equal

(c) 15 (d) 2 5  
(d) The magnitude of A  B is zero
 45 BASIC MATHEMATICS

149. Which of the following statements is/are correct  

150. Two vectors A and B are inclined to each other at an angle
(a) The magnitude of the vector 3iˆ  4ˆj is 5 . Which of the following is the unit vector perpendicular to
 
both A and B ?
(b) A force 3iˆ  4ˆj N acting on a particle cause a  
AB ˆ B
A ˆ
displacement 6ˆj . The work done by the force is 30N (a)   (b)
AB sin 
 
(c) If A and B represent two adacent sides of a  
AB ˆ B
A ˆ
  (c) (d)
parallelogram, then | A  B | give the area of that ABsin  ABcos 

parallelogram
(d) A force has magnitude 20 N. Its component in a direction
making an angle 60° with the force is 10 3 N.

EXERCISE - 2 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAINS QUESTIONS

1. Which of the following sets have different dimensions? 5. Two full turns of the circular scale of a screw gauge cover
(2005) a distance of 1 mm on its main scale. The total number of
(a) Pressure, young’s modulus, stress divisions on the circular scale is 50. Further, it is found
(b) Emf, potential difference, electric potential that the screw gauge has a zero error of –0.03 mm. While
measuring the diameter of a thin wire, a student notes the
(c) Heat, work done, energy
main scale reading of 3 mm and the number of circular
(d) Dipole moment, electric flux, electric field
scale divisions in the line with the main scale as 35. The
2. Out of the following pairs, which one does not have diameter of the wire is : (2008)
identical dimensions? (2005)
(a) 3.32 mm (b) 3.73 mm
(a) Angular momentum and Planck’s constant
(c) 3.67 mm (d) 3.38 mm
(b) Impulse and momentum
6. The dimensions of magnetic field in M, L, T and C
(c) Moment of inertia and moment of a force
(coulomb) is given as : (2008)
(d) Work and torque
(a) [MLT–1 C–1] (b) [ML2C–2]
3. Which of the following units denotes the dimensions
[ML2/Q2], where Q denotes the electric charges? (2006) (c) [ML–1C–1] (d) [ML–2C–1]
(a) Wbm–2 (b) henry (H) 7. In an experiment the angles are required to be measured
(c) Hm–2 (d) Weber (Wb) using an instrument. 29 division of the main scale exactly
coincide with the 30 division of the verneir scale. If the
4. A body of mass m = 3.513 kg is moving along the x-axis
with a speed of 5.00 ms–1. The magnitude of its momentum smallest division of the main scale is half-a-degree (=0.5°),
is recorded as : (2008) then the least count of the instrument is : (2009)

(a) 17.6 kg ms–1 (b) 17.565 mg ms–1 (a) one minute (b) half minute
(c) 17.56 kg ms–1 (d) 17.57 kg ms–1 (c) one degree (d) half degree
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 46

8. The respective number of significant figures for numbers 14. The current voltage relation of diode is given by I = (e100 V/
23.023, 0.0003 and 2.1×10–3 are : (2010) T
–1) mA, where the applied V is in volts and the temperature
(a) 5, 1, 2 (b) 5, 1, 5 T is in degree kelvin. If a student makes an error measuring
(c) 5, 5, 2 (d) 4, 2, 2 0.01V while measuring the current of 5 mA at 300 K,
9. A screw gauge gives the folliwng reading when used to what will be the error in the value of current in mA ?
measure the diameter of a wire. (2014)
Main scale reading : 0 mm (a) 0.2 mA (b) 0.02 mA
Circular scale reading : 52 divisions (c) 0.5 mA (d) 0.05 mA
Given that, 1 mm on main scale corresponds to 100 15. A student measures the time period of 100 oscillations of
divisions of the circular scale. a simple pendulum four times. The data set is 90s, 91s, 95s
The diamter of wire from the above data is : (2011) and 92s. If the minimum division in the measuring clock is
(a) 0.052 cm (b) 0.026 cm 1s, then the reported mean time should be : (2016)

(c) 0.005 cm (d) 0.52 cm (a) 92  5.0s (b) 92  1.8s

10. Resistance of a given wire is obtained by measuring the
(c) 92  3s (d) 92  2s
current flowing in it and the voltage difference applied
across it. If the percentage errors in the measurement of 16. A screw gauge with a pitch of 0.5 mm and a circular scale
the current and the voltage difference are 30% each, then with 50 divisions is used to measure the thickness of a
error in the vlaue of resistance of the wire is : (2012) thin sheet of Aluminium. Before starting the measurement,
(a) 6% (b) zero it is found that when the two jaws of the screw gauge are
brought in contact, the 45th division coincides with the
(c) 1% (d) 3%
main scale line and that the zero of the main scale is barely
11. A spectrometer gives the following reading when used to visible. What is the thickness of the sheet if the main
measure the angular of a prism. scale reading is 0.5mm and the 25th division coincides with
Main scale reading 58.5 degree. the main scale line? (2016)
Vernier scale reading 9 divsions (a) 0.80 mm (b) 0.70 mm
Given that, I division on main scale corresponds to 0.5 (c) 0.50 mm (d) 0.75 mm
degree. Total division on the vernier scale is 30 and match
17. The following observations were taken for determining
with 29 divisions of the main scale. The angular of the
surface tension T of water by capillary method :
prism from the above data is : (2012)
(a) 58.59° (b) 59.77° diameter of capillary, D  1.25  102 m .
(c) 58.65° (d) 59° rise of water, h  1.45  102 m .
12. Let [0] denotes the dimensional formula of the permittivity
of vacuum. If M = mass, L = length, T = time and A = Using g  9.80m/ s 2 and the simplified relation
electric current, then (2013)
(a) [0] = [M–1L–3T2A] (c) [0] = [M–1L–3T4A2] rhg
T 103 N/ m , the possible error in surface tension
(c) [0] = [M–2L2T–1A–2] (d) [0] = [M–1L2T–1A2] 2
is closest to : (2017)
13. A student measured the length of a rod and wrote it as
3.50 cm. Which instrument did he use to measure it : (2014) (a) 0.15% (b) 1.5%
(a) A meter scale (c) 2.4% (d) 10%
(b) A vernier calliper where the 10 division in vernier scale 18. The density of a material in the shape of a cube is
matches with 9 division in main scale and main scale has determined by measuring three sides of the cube and its
10 division in 1 cm mass. If the relative errors in measuring the mass and length
(c) A screw gauge having 100 divisions in the circular are respectively 1.5% amd 1% the maximum error in
scale and pitch as 1 mm determining the density is : (2018)
(d) A screw gauge havin 50 divisions in the circular scale (a) 4.5% (b) 6%
and pitch 1 mm (c) 2.5% (d) 3.5%
 47 BASIC MATHEMATICS

19. An experiment is performed to obtain the value of (c) 0.94  0.02 cm (d) 0.94  0.005 cm
acceleration due to gravity g by using a simple pendulum 25. Time (T), velocity (C) and angular momentum (h) are
of length L. In this experiment time for 100 oscillations is chosen as fundamental quantities instead of mass, length
measured by using a watch of 1 second least count and and time. In terms of these, the dimensions of mass would
the value is 90.0 seconds. The length L is measured by be : (2017 Online Set-1)
using a meter scale of least count 1 mm and the value is (a) [M] = [T–1 C–2 h] (b) [M] = [T–1 C2 h]
20.0 cm. The error in the determination of g would be: (c) [M] = [T–1 C–2 h–1] (d) [M] = [T C–2 h]
(2014 Online Set-1)
26. A physical quantity P is described by the relation
(a) 1.7 % (b) 2.7 %
(c) 4.4 % (d) 2.27 % P  a1/2 b2 c3 d 4
20. From the following combinations of physical constants If the relative errors in the measurement of a, b, c and d
(expressed through their usual symbols) the only respectively, are 2%, 1%, 3% and 5%, t the relative error in
combination, that would have the same value in different P will be : (2017 Online Set-2)
systems of units, is: (2014 Online Set-2)
(a) 8% (b) 12%
 O O G 2  O O h (c) 32% (d) 25%
(a) (b)
c2 he2 ce 2 G 27. In an experiment to determine the period of a simple
2 pendulum of length 1 m, it is attached to different spherical
e
(c) (me = mass of electron) bobs of radii r1 and r2. The two spherical bobs have uniform
2 O Gme 2
mass distribution. If the relative difference in the periods,
ch is found to be 5  104 s, the difference in radii, r1  r2 is
(d)
2 02
 best given by :    (r1 , r2 )  (2017 Online Set-2)
21. A vector A is rotated by a small angle  radians (<<1)
   (a) 1 cm (b) 0.05 cm
to get a new vector B. In that case B – A is :
(c) 0.1 cm (d) 0.01 cm
(2015 Online)
28. The relative error in the determination of the surface area
  
(a) A  (b) B   A of a sphere is  . Then the relative error in the determination
of its volume is : (2018 Online Set-1)
  2 
(c) A 1   (d) 0 3 
2  (a)  (b) 
 2 3
22. In the following ‘I’ refers to current and other symbols 5
have their usual meaning. Choose the option that (c)  (d) 
2
corresponds to the dimensions of electrical conductivity
29. The percentage errors in quantities P, Q, R and S are 0.5
: (2016 Online Set-1)
percent, 1 percent, 3 percent and 1.5 percent respectively
(a) ML”3 T”3 I2 (b) M”1 L3 T3 I
(c) M”1 L”3T3 I2 (d) M–1 L–3 T3 I P3Q 2
23. A, B, C and D are four different physical quantities having in the measurement of a physical quantity A = . The
RS
different dimensions. None of them is dimensionless. But we
know that the equation AD = C ln (BD) holds true. Then maximum percentage error in the value of A will be :
which of the combination is not a meaningful quantity ? (2018 Online Set-3)
(2016 Online Set-2) (a) 6.0 percent (b) 7.5 percent
(c) 8.5 percent (d) 6.5 percent
(A  C)  
(a) A 2  B2 C2 (b)
D 30.    
Let A = ˆi + ˆj and B = 2iˆ - ˆj . The magnitude of a
      
A C AD 2 coplanar vector C such that A.C = B.C = A.B, is given
(c) C (d) 
B BD C by: (2018 Online Set-3)
24. If the length of rod A is 3.25  0.01 cm and that of B is 4.19 10 5
 0.01 cm then the rod B is longer than rod A by : (a) (b)
9 9
(2016 Online Set-2)
(a) 0.94  0.00 cm (b) 0.94  0.01 cm 20 9
(c) (d)
9 12
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 48

EXERCISE - 3

CLACULUS QUESTIONS 1. y= x x
Differentiation
2. y = sin x + cos x
dy
Find of the given functions 3. y = sin x – 4 cos x
dx
n+2
1. y=x , where n is constant x n x n 1 cos x
3
4. y   where n is constant
2. y=x n n  2 n 1
–n
3. y = x , where n is constant
4. y=x
–4 x  n 2 1
5. y  2  x where n is constant and n  2
n xn
1
5. y = x n , where n is constant and n  0
e x x 3 sin x
1 6. y   where n is constant
6. y=x 2
n3 2 4

2 3 4

7. y=x 3 7. y  xn 1
 xn 1 where n is constant
3
8. y = ax , where a is a constant x 2  ax  b
8. y where a and b are constant
1 14 ab
9. y= x
2 2
9. y = x + e ax + e x where a is constant
10. y = ax a , where a is constant
10. y = sin 5x + cos 4x
x
11. y = ae , where a is constant n
11. y = e x + 4 + x 2  5e x where n is constant
12. y = b sin x , where b is constant
x
12. y = enx +sin  cos x 2 where n is constant
1 5
13. y = – cos x , where k is constant
k
2

14. y=x
n+2
+x
n–2
, where n is constant 13. y = ex  x 1

3 2 2
15. y = x – 6x + 1 14. y = sin (x + x + 1)
sin x
15. y=e
1
16. y = x 4 – 4  2x3
 x x  
2 n
x 16. y=e x n

 x where n, , ,  are constant

1 1
17. y=  17. y  sin  x 2  x 2  1 where  is constant
x x2
n n 1
18.
4
y = x + 7x + x – 5
3 2
18. y  ex  ex  e x where n is constant
4 x 3 2
19. y = x – e + sin x 19. y = 3x + 2x + 2
x 2
20. y = x + ae , where a is constant 20. y = 4x + ln x (ln x = loge x)
Chain Rule Maxima & Minima
Find the ‘x’ values at which following functions attain maxima &
dy minima
Find of the given functions 3 2
dx 1. f (x) = x – 6x + 9x – 8
 49 BASIC MATHEMATICS

d
3 45 1
2. f (x)   x 4  8x3  x 2  105
4 2 13. 
y   cos xdx, where k is constant
k
c
3
3. f (x) = 2x – 24 x + 107 in interval [1, 3]
3 2 5
4. f (x) = 2x – 3x – 12x + 5
x 
n2
14. y  x n 2 dx, where n is constant
1 1
5. f (x)  x 
x 1

x 
3
6. f (x) = x – 3x
3
15. y  6x 2  1 dx
Intergration 0

Find the given definite integral 1

x 
4
2 16. y  2x 3 dx
1. y  x n  2 dx where n is constant
 0

1 1
1 1 
2 17. 
y    2  dx
x x 
2. y  x 3 dx
 2

1 1

x 
4
2 18. y  7x 3  x 2  5 dx
3. y  x  n dx where n is constant
 0

1 b

x 
4
2 19. y  e x  sin x dx
4
4. y x 
1
dx a

  x  ae  dx , where a is constant
x
b 20. y
1
5. y x  n dx where n is constant and n  0 1

a Graphs :
4
1
Draw the graphs between ‘y’ and ‘x’ and compare :
6. y x 
3
2 dx 1. y = 2x and y = 3x
2. y = 3x – 1 and y = 3x + 1
2 3. y = –2x and y = – 3x
2
3
7. y x 
1
dx 4. x + y = 1 and x –2y = 2
5. x = 2y + 1 and x = –2y + 1
4 2 2
3
6. y = x and y = x – 2x + 1
8. 
y  ax dx where a is a constant
1
7. y = 2x + 2 and y = –2x + 2
8. y = 2x and y = 2x – 1
6
1 1 9. y = 2x + 3 and y = 4x + 6
9. y 2x
1
4 dx
10. y = x + 1 and 2y = 2x + 2

0 Differentiate the following functions with respect to x :

a
10. y 
1
ax dx where a is constant 1. sin (3x + 5) 2. tan x
2

d 3. sin (log x) 4. esin x

x
11. 
y  ae dx , where a is constant
c
5. e
tan x 2
6. sin (2x + 1)

 3 x
6 7. 2 x 8. 3e
12. y 

b sin xdx, where b is constant
3
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 50

2  2x x log x
9. 3x 10. 3 2 3x 2 sin x
21. log (3x + 2) – x log (2x –1) 22.
2 tan 3x 7  x2
11. (log sin x) 12. e
2 x
23. sin {log (2x + 3)} 24. e log sin 2x
cot x  sin x 
13. e 14. log  
 1  cos x  e x sin x –3x
25. 26. 3e log (1 + x)
(x 2  2)3
sin x
15. tan (e ) 16. log (x  x 2  1)

x2  2 x 2 (1  x 2 )3
x
e log x 27. 28.
17. 18. log (cosec x – cot x) cos x cos 2x
x2
2 2
29. log (3x + 2) – x log (2x –1) 30. cos (log x)
e 2x  e 2x x k 2 3
19. 20. x sin 2x + 5 + k + (tan x)
e 2x  e2x
 51 BASIC MATHEMATICS

EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

Objective Questions (Only one correct option) Codes :
1. A person measures the depth of a well by measuring the P Q R S
time interval between dripping a stone and receiving the (a) 3 1 2 4
sound of impact with the bottom of the well. The error in (b) 3 2 1 4
his measurement of time is T = 0.01s and he measures the (c) 4 2 1 3
depth of the well to be L = 20 m. Take the acceleration due (d) 4 1 2 3
to gravity g = 10 ms–2 and the velocity of sound is 300 ms–
 4 MLg 
L 5. In the determination of Young’s modulus  Y  
1
. Then the fractional error in the measurement, , is  d 2 
L
closet to: 2017 by using Searl’s method, a wire of length L = 2m and
diameter d = 0.5 mm is used. For a load M = 2.5 kg, an
(a) 1% (b) 5% extension l = 0.25 mm in the length of the wire is observed.
(c) 3% (d) 0.2% Quantities d and l are measured using a screw gauge and
2. During Searle’s experiment, zero of the vernier scale lies a micrometer, respectively. They have the same pitch of
between 3.20 × 10–2 m and 3.25 × 10–2 m of the main scale. 0.5 mm. The number of divisions on their circular scale is
The 20th division of the vernier scale exactly coincides 100. The contributions to the maximum probable error of
with one of the main scale divisions. When and additional the Y measurement is : (2012)
load of 2 kg is applied to the wire, the zero of the vernier (a) due to the errors in the measurement of d and l are the
scale still lies between 3.20×10–2 m and 3.25×10–2 m of the same.
main scale but not the 45th division of vernier scale (b) due to the error in the measurement of d is twice that
coincides with one of the main scale divisions. due to the error in the measurement of l
The length of the thin metallic wire is 2 m and its cross- (c) due to the error in the measurement of l is twice that
sectional area is 8×10–7 m2. The least count of the vernier due to the error in the measurement of d
scale is 1.0×10–5m. The maximum percentage error in the
Young’s modulus of the wire is: (2014) (d) due to the error in the measurement of d is four times
that due to the error in the measurement of d is four times
(a) 1 (b) 2 that due to the error in the measurement of l
(c) 4 (d) 8 6. To find the distance d over which a signal can be seen
3. The diameter of a cylinder is measured using a vernier clearly in foggy conditions, a railway engineer uses
callipers, with no zero error. It is found that the zero of the dimensional analysis and assumes that the distance
vernier scale lies between 5.10 cm and 5.15cm of the main depends on the mass density  of the fog, intensity
scale. The vernier scale has 50 division equivalent to 2.45 (power/area) S of the light from the signal and its frequency
cm. The 24th division of the vernier scale exactly coincides f. The engineer finds that d is proportional to S1/n. The
with one of the main scale divisions. The diameter of the value of n : (2011)
cylinder is: (2013) (a) 2 (c) 3
(a) 5.112 cm (b) 5.124 cm (c) 1 (d) 1
(c) 5.136 cm (d) 5.148 cm 7. The density of a solid ball is to be determined in an
4. Match the List I with List II and select the correct answer experiment. The diameter of the ball is measured with a
using the codes given below the lists: (2013) screw gauge, whose pitch is 0.5 mm and there are 50
List-I List-II divisions on the circular scale. The reading on the main
scale is 2.5 mm and that on the circular scale is 20 divisions.
(P) Boltzmann constant 1. [ML2T–1]
If the measured mass of the ball has a relative error of 2%,
(Q) Coefficient of viscosity 2. [ML–1T–1] the relative percentage error in the density is: (2011)
(R) Planck’s constant 3. [MLT–3K–1] (a) 0.9% (b) 2.4%
(S) Thermal conductivity 4. [ML2T–2K–1] (c) 3.1% (d) 4.2%
 BASIC MATHEMATICS 52

8. A vernier Callipers has 1mm marks on the main scale. It 11. A student performs an experiment for determination of
has 20 equal divisions on the vernier scale which match
 42  
with 16 mains scale divisions. For this vernier callipers, g   2  , where   1m, and he commits an error of
 T 
the least count is : (2010)  
(a) 0.02 mm (b) 0.05 mm  . For T he takes the time on n oscillations with the stop
(c) 0.1 mm (d) 0.2 mm watch of least count T and he commits a human error of
9. Student I, II and III perform an experiment for measuring 0.1 s. For which of the following data, the measurement of
the acceleration due to gravity (g) using a simple g will be most accurate? (2006)
pendulum. They use different lengths of the pendulum (a) L = 0.5, T = 0.1, n = 20
and/or record time for different number of oscillations. (b) L = 0.5, T = 0.1, n = 50
The observations are shown in the table.
(c) L = 0.5, T = 0.01, n = 20
Least count for length = 0.1 cm.
(d) L = 0.1, T = 0.05, n = 50
Least count for time = 0.1 s.
12. The circular scale of a screw gauge has 50 divisions and
Particular Length of Number of Total time Time
pitch of 0.5 mm. Find the diameter of sphere. Main scale
student the oscillations (n) for period
reading is 2. (2006)
pendulum (n) oscillations (s)
(cm) (s)
I 64.0 8 128.0 16.0
II 64.0 4 64.0 16.0
III 20.0 4 36.0 9.0
If EI, EII and EIII are the percentage errors in g, i.e.

 g 
  100  , for students I, II and III, respectively. (2008)
 g 

(a) EI = 0 (b) EI is minimum (a) 1.2 mm (b) 1.25 mm

(c) EI = EII (d) EII is maximum (c) 2.20 mm (d) 2.25 mm
10. A student performs an experiment to determine the Objective Questions (One or more correct option)
Young’s modulus of a wire, exactly 2 m long, by Searle’s
13. A length-scale () depends on the permittivity () of a
method. In a particular reading, the student measures the
extension in the length of the wire to be 0.8 mm with an dielectric material, Boltzmann constant (kB), the absolute
temperature (T), the number per unit volume (n) of certain
uncertainly of 0.005mm at a load of exactly 1.0 kg. The
charged particles, and the charge (q) carried by each of
student also measures the diamter of the wire to be 0.4 mm
the particles. Which of the following expression(s) for 
with an uncertainty of  0.01mm . Take, g = 9.8 ms–2
is(are) dimensionally correct? (2016)
(exact). The Young’s modulus obtained from the reading
is : (2007)  nq 2   k T 
(b)    nq 2 
B
(a)    k T 
(a) (2  0.3) × 1011 Nm–2  B   

(b) (2  0.2) × 1011 Nm–2

   
(c) (2  0.1) × 1011 Nm–2  q2   q2 
  2    1 
(c)  3 
(d)  3 
(d) (2  0.5) × 1011 Nm–2
 n k B T   n k B T 
 53 BASIC MATHEMATICS

14. In an experiment to determine the acceleration due to (a) Error T is measuring T, the time period is 0.05 s
gravity g, the formula used for the time period of a periodic (b) Error T in measuring T, the time period is 1 s
7 R  r (c) percentage error in the determination of g is 5%
motion is T  2 . The values of R and r are
5g (d) percentage error in the determination of g is 2.5%
16. A student performed the experiment of determination of
measured to be  60  1 mm and 10  1 mm, respectively..
focal length of a concave mirror by u–v method using an
In five successive measurements, the time period is found optical bench of length 1.5 m. The focal length of the mirror
to be 0.52 s, 0.56 s, 0.57 s,0.54 s and 0.59 s. The least count used is 24 cm. The maximum error in the location of the
of the watch used for the measurement of time period is image can be 0.2 cm. The 5 sets of (u, v) values recorded
0.01 s. Which of the following statement(s) is(are) true? by the student (in cm) are (42, 56), (48, 48), (60, 40), (66, 33),
(2016) (78, 39). The data set(s) that cannot come from experiment
and is(are) incorrectly recorded, is (are) : (2009)
(a) The error in the measurement of r is 10%
(a) (42, 56) (b) (48, 48)
(b) The error in the measurement of T is 3.57%
(c) (66, 33) (d) 78, 39)
(c) The error in the measurement of T is 2%
Integer Queston
(d) The error in the determined value of g is 11%  
17. Two vectors A and B are defined as
15. A student uses a simple pendulum of exactly 1m length to
determine g, the acceleration due to gravity. He uses a  
A  ai and B  a cos ti  sin t j , where a is a constant
 
stop watch with the least count of 1s for this and records
40s for 20 oscillations. For this observation, which of the     
following statement(s) is/are correct? (2010) and   rads 1 . If A  B  3 A  B at time t =  for
6
the first time, the value of  , in seconds, is _______.
(2018)


 BASIC MATHEMATICS 54

ANSWER KEY
EXERCISE - 1 : UNIT & DIMENSION, ERROR AND SIGNIFICANT FIGURES

1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (b)

10. (d) 11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (b)
19. (c) 20. (c) 21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (d) 25. (d) 26. (b) 27. (d)
28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (b) 31. (a) 32. (c) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (d) 36. (b)
37. (d) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (a) 41. (d) 42. (a) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (d)
46. (c) 47. (a) 48. (d) 49. (c) 50. (d) 51. (d) 52. (c) 53. (b) 54. (a)
55. (d) 56. (d) 57. (d) 58. (b) 59. (a) 60. (b) 61. (c) 62. (a) 63. (a)
64. (d) 65. (b) 66. (c) 67. (b) 68. (b) 69. (b) 70. (c) 71. (d) 72. (c)
73. (c) 74. (c) 75. (c) 76. (b) 77. (b) 78. (c) 79. (b) 80. (c) 81. (c)
82. (d) 83. (b) 84. (b) 85. (b) 86. (a) 87. (a) 88. (a) 89. (a) 90. (b)
91. (b) 92. (d) 93. (d) 94. (d) 95. (a) 96. (c) 97. (d) 98. (a) 99. (c)
100. (d) 101. (b) 102. (b) 103. (b) 104. (c) 105. (c) 106. (d) 107. (c) 108. (c)
109. (c) 110. (a) 111. (b) 112. (a) 113. (b) 114. (b) 115. (d) 116. (b) 117. (c)
118. (d) 119. (c) 120. (d) 121. (a) 122. (c) 123. (a) 124. (a) 125. (c) 126. (d)
127. (a) 128. (a) 129. (d) 130. (b) 131. (c) 132. (c) 133. (c) 134. (c) 135. (c)
136. (c) 137. (d) 138. (a) 139. (d) 140. (a) 141. (a) 142. (d) 143. (c) 144. (a)
145. (d) 146. (a) 147. (b) 148. (a, d) 149. (a, c) 150. (b, c)

EXERCISE - 2 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE MAINS QUESTIONS

1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (a)

10. (a) 11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (a)
19. (b) 20. (c) 21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (c)
28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (b)

EXERCISE - 3 : DIFFERENTIATE

2 1 cos x esin x
tan x 2
1. 3cos (3x + 5) 2. 2 tan x sec x 3. cos (log x) 4. 5. e . sec x
x 2 x

3 x x 2  2x
6. 2 sin (4x + 2) 7. 3x 2 .2 x log 2 8. 3e log 3.e x 9. (3 log 3).(2x  2)

x log x tan 3x 2 1 e cot x

10. 3 . log 3 . (1 + log x) 11. 2 (log sin x) cot x 12. 3e . sec 3x 13.  .cos ec 2 x
2 cot x

sin x 2 sin x sin x 1  1 2 

14. cot x  15. sec (e ).e . cos x 16. 17. e x .x 2  log x   log x 
1  cos x 2
x 1  x x 
 55 BASIC MATHEMATICS

8 x 5 2
18. cosec x 19. 2x 20. sin 2x + 2x cos 2x + 5 log 5 + 6 tan x sec x
(e  e 2x ) 2

3 2x 2 6x sin x  3x 2 cos x 3x 3 sin x

21.   2x log (2x  1) 22. 
3x  2 2x  1 7  x2 (7  x 2 )3 / 2

 2  x x
23. sin {2 log (2x  3)} .   24. 2e cot 2x + e log sin 2x
 2x  3 

e x sin x  e x cos x 6x e x sin x 1

25.  26. 3e3x  
 3log (x  1) 
(x 2  2)3 (x 2  2) 4  x  1 

1   x2  2   2 2 2 2
27.  2x    tan x  28. 2x (1–x ) sec2x {1–4x + x (1–x ) tan 2x}
cos x   2  

3 2x 2 2 log x sin (log x) 2

29.   2x log (2x  1) 30.
3x  2 2x  1 x

EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (d)

9. (b) 10. (b) 11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (b, d) 14. (a, b, d) 15. (a, c) 16. (c, d)
17. (2)

Dream on !!

 02
KINEMATICS
57 KINEMATICS

Kinematics
MOTION IN ONE DIMENSION

IMPORTANT TERMS 2.3 Rest and Motion are relative

Rest and motion depends upon the observer. The object in

1. MECHANICS one situation may be at rest whereas the same object in
another situation may be in motion.
t is the branch of Physics, which deals with the study of
The driver of a moving car is in motion with respect to an
motion of physical bodies.
observer standing on the ground whereas, the same driver is at
Mechanics can be broadly classified into following branches rest with respect to the man(observer) in the passengers seat.
1.1 Statics 3. WHILE STUDYING THIS CHAPTER
It is the branch of mechanics, which deals with the study of  We will treat the objects as Point mass object
physical bodies at rest.  An object can be considered as a point mass object if
during the course of motion it covers distances much
1.2 Kinematics
greater than its own size.
It is the branch of mechanics, which deals with study of  We shall confine ourselves to the study of rectilinear motion
motion of physical bodies without taking into account the  Rectilinear motion is the study of motion of objects along
factors, which causes motion. a straight line.

1.3 Dynamics 4. POSITION, DISTANCE, DISPLACEMENT

It is the branch of mechanics, which deals with the study of 4.1 Position
motion of physical bodies taking into account the factors
which causes motion.  Position of an object is always defined with respect to
some reference point which we generally refer to as origin.
2. REST AND MOTION
 To define the change in position we have two physical
quantities
2.1 Rest
4.2 Distance
 An object is said to be at rest if it does not changes its
position with respect to the surrounding.  It is the actual path traversed by the body during the
course of motion
 The white board in the classroom is at rest with respect
 SI unit is ‘m’
to the classroom
 Dimensions [M0L1T0]
2.2 Motion
4.3 Displacement
 An object is said to be in motion if it changes its position  It is the difference between the final and initial positions
with respect to the surrounding. of the object during the course of motion
 When we walk, run or ride a bike we are in motion with  SI unit is ‘m’
respect to the ground.  Dimensions [M0L1T0]
KINEMATICS 58

Difference between Distance and Displacement

Distance Displacement

It is the actual path traversed by the object during It is the difference between the initial and the final positions
the course of motion xx2 – x1 where, x2 and x1 are final and initial
position respectively

It is a scalar quantity It is a vector quantity

The distance travelled by an object during the course of The displacement of an object may be positive,
motion is never negative or zero and is always positive negative or, zero during the course of motion

The distance travelled is either equal or greater The magnitude of displacement is less than or equal
than displacement and is never less than magnitude to the distance travelled during the course of motion
of displacement Distance  Displacement

The distance depends upon the path travelled The magnitude of displacement is independent of the
path taken by an object during the course of motion

Difference between Speed and Velocity

Speed Velocity

It is defined as the total path length travelled divided by It is defined as the change in position or displacement
the total time interval during which the motion has taken divided by the time intervals, in which displacement
place occurs of

It is a scalar quantity It is a vector quantity

It is always positive during the course of the motion It may be positive, negative or zero during the course of
the motion

It is greater than or equal to the magnitude of velocity It is less than or equal to the speed

NOTE Example:- mass, length, time, distance, speed, work,

temperature
If the motion of an object is along a straight line and in the
same direction, the magnitude of displacement is equal to the 5.2 Vector quantities
total path length. In that case, the magnitude of average velocity
is equal to the average speed. This is not always the case. The The physical quantities which have magnitude as well
average velocity tells us how fast an object has been moving as direction, are called vector quantities.
over a given interval but does not tell us how fast it moves at Example:- displacement, velocity, acceleration, force,
different instants of time during that interval. momentum, torque

5. SCALAR AND VECTOR QUANTITIES 6. AVERAGE VELOCITY AND AVERAGE SPEED

5.1 Scalar quantities 6.1 Average velocity

The physical quantities which have only magnitude but  It is defined as the change in position or
no direction, are called scalar quantities. displacement divided by the time intervals, in which
 59 KINEMATICS

displacement occurs
where, v2 and v1 are velocities at time t2 and t1.
 SI unit of velocity is m/s, although km/hr is used in
 It is the average change of velocity per unit time.
many everyday applications
 SI unit m/s2
 Dimensions [M0L1T-1]
 Dimensions [M0L1T-2]
6.2 Average speed
8.2 Instantaneous Acceleration
 It is defined as the total path length travelled
divided by the total time interval during which the  Instantaneous acceleration is defined in the same
motion has taken place way as the instantaneous velocity :
 SI unit m/s a = lim (v/t) = dv/dt
t 0
 Dimensions [M0L1T-1]  SI unit m/s2
7. INSTANTANEOUS VELOCITY AND  Dimensions [M0L1T-2]
INSTANTANEOUS SPEED  When the acceleration is uniform, obviously,
instantaneous acceleration equals the average
7.1 Instantaneous velocity acceleration over that period
 Since velocity is a quantity having both magnitude and
 It is velocity at an instant t. The velocity at an instant
direction, a change in the velocity may involve either or
is defined as the limit of the average velocity as the
both of these factors.
time interval t becomes infinitesimally small.
 Acceleration, therefore, may result from a change in the
 Instantaneous velocity = Lt (x/t) = dx/dt
speed(magnitude), a change in direction or changes in
 The quantity on the right hand side of Eq is the both.
differential coefficient of x with respect to t and is
 Like velocity, acceleration can also be positive, negative
denoted by dx/dt.
or zero.
 It is the rate of change of position with respect to
NOTE
time at that instant.
 SI unit is m/s We will restrict ourselves to the study of constant
acceleration for this chapter. In this case average acceleration
 Dimensions [M0L1T-1] equals the constant value of acceleration during the interval
7.2 Instantaneous Speed  If the velocity of an object is vo at t=0 and v at time t, we
have
 Instantaneous speed or speed is the magnitude of
v  v0
velocity o a
t0
 SI unit is m/s
or, v = vo + at — This is first equation of motion
 Dimensions [M0L1T-1]
o Other equations of motion are :
8. ACCELERATION
S = v0t + ½ at2

8.1 Average Acceleration v2 – v02 = 2aS

 The average acceleration over a time interval is a

S = v0 + (2n – 1)
defined as the change of velocity divided by the 2
time interval : o In all the above equations acceleration is assumed
a = (v2 – v1)/(t2 – t1) to be constant
KINEMATICS 60

9. GRAPHS

9.1 Uniform motion

 In an uniform motion a body covers equal distance in equal interval of time.

 Velocity is constant during the course of motion

 Acceleration is zero during the course of motion

If we try to represent the same on the number line with x, v, a on the Y-axis and t on the X-axis then we will have

displacement – time graph velocity – time graph acceleration – time graph

n
velocity = slope of x – t graph acc = slope of v – t graph

x v a

(i) t t t

Nautre of slope : positive nature of slope : zero nature of slope of a – t

magnitude of slope : constant magnitude of slope : constant

x v a

(ii) t t
t

nature of slope : negative nature of slope : zero

magnitude of slope : constant magnitude of slope : constant
61 KINEMATICS

9.2 Non-Uniform motion

Uniformly accelerated motion

Accelerated motion
Magnitude of Velocity increases or decreases with time

displacement – time graph velocity – time graph acceleration – time graph

n
velocity = slope of x – t graph acc = slope of v – t graph

v a

(i) t
t O

v a
a<0
O t
(ii) t

x v a

(iii)
t t
t

nature of slope : positive nature of slope : positive

magnitude of slope : Increasing magnitude of slope : constant

x v a

(iv) t
t t

nature of slope : positive nature of slope : negative

magnitude of slope : decreasing magnitude of slope : constant
KINEMATICS 62

displacement – time graph velocity – time graph acceleration – time graph

n
velocity = slope of x – t graph acc = slope of v – t graph

x v a

(v) 2 t t
t

nature of slope : negative nature of slope : negative

magnitude of slope : increasing magnitude of slope : constant

x v a

(vi) t t
t

nature of slope : negative nature of slope : positive

magnitude of slope : decreasing magnitude of slope : constant
63 KINEMATICS

MOTION IN TWO DIMENSION

 
10. SCALARS AND VECTORS Then, r1  r2  (a1  a 2 )iˆ  (b1  b2 )ˆj

 
Some quantities can be deseribed by single number. For e.g.: r1  r2  (a1  a 2 )iˆ  (b1  b2 )ˆj
Mass, time, distance, speed. One piece of infermation is
enough to describe them fully. These are called SCALAR Multiplication of a vector by scalar quantity.
quantities. 
cr1  c(a1ˆi  b1ˆj)  ca1ˆi  cb1ˆj
To tell someone how to get to Lakshya from some location,

one piece of information is not enough. To describe this fully, Representation of r1 on the co–ordinate axis
both distance and displacement are required. Quantities which
require both magnitude and direction to describe a situation
fully are known as VECTOR. For e.g.: displacement, velocity
The vectors are denoted by putting an arrow over the
symbols representing them.

For e.g.: AB vector can be represented by AB

10.1 Unit vector

A unit vector has a magnitude of one and so it really gives

just the direction of the vector.
A unit vector can be found by dividing the original vector by
its magnitude 
magnitude and direction of r1

a
â   
a Magnitude of r1( r1 )  a12  b12
unit vectors along different co–ordinate axis 
direction of r1

b1 component y  axis
tan = 
a1 component along x  axis

b 
  tan 1  1 
 a1 

10.3 Parallel vectors

Two vectors are parallel if and only if they have the same
10.2 Addition, subtraction and scalar multiplication direction. When any vector is multiplied by a scalar, a vector
of vectors
parallel to the original vector is formed.
Suppose, we have two vectors    
If b  ka then b and a are parallel vector. In general to find if

r1  a1ˆi  b1ˆj two vectors are parallel or not we must find their unit vectors.

r2  a 2ˆi  b 2ˆj
KINEMATICS 64

Another way is parallelogram rule of vector addition on

10.4 Equality of vectors  
this we draw vectors a and b, with both the tails co–
Two vectors (representing two values of the same physical inciding. Taking these two odjacent sides we complete the
quantity) are called equal if their magnitudes and directions parallelogram. the diagonal through the common tails gives
are same. the sum of two vectors.

For e.g. (3iˆ  4ˆj)m and (3iˆ  4ˆj)m / s

Cannot be compared as they represent two different

physical quantities.

10.5 Addition of vectors

When two or more vectors are added, the answer is called

the resultant. The resultant of two vectors is equivalent to  
Finding magnitude of a  b and its direction
the first vector followed immediately by the second vector.
|AD|2 = AE2 + ED2
AE = |a| + |b cos |
ED = b sin 
AD2 = a2 + b2 cos2 + 2ab cos  + b2 sin2
AD2 = a2 + b2 + 2ab cos 

AD = a 2  b 2  2ab cos 
 
To find the resultant of vectors a and b, the tail of vector  
where,  is the angle contained between a and b
   
b must join to the head of vector a . The resultant a  b
ED bsin 
 tan  = 
is the direct vector from the tail of vector a to the head of AE a  bcos 

vector b . where  is the angle which the resultant makes with + x axis

Subtraction of vectors :
   
Let a and b be two vectors. We define a  b as sum of
 
vectors a and the vectos  b . 
 
 
or, a   b

This is known as triangle rule of vector addition

65 KINEMATICS

Zero vector

a bc 0

Resolution of vectors

  

In this triangle PQ  QR  PR must be equal to zero as
the overall journey results in a return to the starting point.
   
PQ  QR  RP  O

 
OA  a

By vector addition rule,

  
OA  OB  OC

OB = a cos 


OC = a sin 

If ˆi and ˆj denote vectors of unit magnitude along OX and

along OY respecively, we get


OB = a cos  î

OC = a sin  ĵ


a  (a cos )iˆ  (a sin )ˆj
abcde 0

e  (a  b  c  d)
KINEMATICS 66

Suppose the particle moves along the path as shown to a


new position P1 with the position vector r

r1  x1ˆi  y1ˆj
change in position = displacement
10.6 Dot product or scalar product of two vector
 
 r1  r  (x1ˆi  y1ˆj)  (xiˆ  yj)
ˆ

 (x1  x)iˆ  (y1  y)ˆj

   
a  b  a b cos 
 xiˆ  yjˆ
from above figure we can see that
         
If,  = 0°  a  b  a b r   r  r1 or  r  r1  r

    (triangle law of vector addition)

 = 90°  a  b  a b cos 90° = 0
11.2 Average velocity
ˆi  ˆi  ˆi ˆi cos 0  i  1  1
2

  r xiˆ  yjˆ
vav  
ˆj  ˆj  1 t t
Similarly, kˆ  kˆ  1
vavg  v x ˆi  v y ˆj
ˆi  ˆj  ˆi ˆj cos90  1 1 0  0

Note : Direction of the average velocity is same as that of  r
Similarly, ˆj  kˆ  0 and kˆ  ˆi  0
11.3 Instantaneous velocity
The dot product is commutative and distributive
    
a b  ba  v dr
v  lim 
t 0 t dt
      
a  (b  c)  a  b  a  c 
v  v  ˆi  v y ˆj

11. MOTION IN 2D (PLANE)

11.1 Position vector and Displacement


The position vector r of a particle P located in a plane
with referecne to the origin of an xy–coordinate system is
given by

dx dy
where, vx = and v y 
dt dt

r = xiˆ + yjˆ 
v  v 2x  v 2y

vy  vy 
tan  = or  = tan–1  v 
vx  x
67 KINEMATICS

Note : The direction of instantaneous velocity at any point Horizontal axis Vertical axis
on the path of an object is tangent to the path at that point ux = u cos uy = u sin 
and is in the direction of motion.
ax = 0 ay = – g
11.4 Averge acceleration (In the absence of any sy = uyt + 1/2 ay t2
external force ax will be 0 – 0 = u sin  t – 1/2g t2

 v v x ˆ v y ˆ 2u sin  2u y
a avg   i j assumed to be zero) T= 
t t t g g
 sx = ux t + 1/2ax t2
a avg  a x ˆi  a y ˆj vy = uy + ay t
x – 0 = u cos  t vy = u sin  – gt
11.5 Instantaneous acceleration
x = u cos × 2uy/g It depends on time ‘t’

 dv dv x ˆ dv y ˆ 2u 2 cos  sin 
a  i j x= It in not constant
dt dt dt g

  u 2 sin 2
a  a x ˆi  a y ˆj
R= It’s magnitude first
g
12. PROJECTILE MOTION ( 2 cos  sin  = sin 2) decreases becomes zero
horizontal distance covered and then increases.
When a particle is projected obliquely near the earth
is known as Range
surface, it moves simultaneously in horizontal and vertical
vx = ux + ax t maximum height obtained
directions. Motion of such a particle is called projectile
by the particle
motion.
vx = u cos  Method 1 : using time of
It is independent of t ascent

1
It is constant sy = uyt1 + ay t12
2

u 2 sin 2 
time of ascent and time of H=
2g

descent
At top most point vy = 0 Method 2 : using third
vy = uy + ay t equation of motion
In this case a particle is projected at an angle  with an
 0 = u sin  – gt v 2y  u 2y  2a ys y
initial velocity u. For this particular case we will calculate
the following :
u sin 
(a) time taken to reach A from O t1 = 0 – u2 sin2 = – 2g sy
g
(b) horizontal distance covered (OA)
u sin  u sin  1 u 2 sin 2 
(c) maxm height reached during the motion t2 = T – t1 = = u sin  ×  g
g g 2 g2
(d) velocity at any time ‘t’ during the motion
T u sin  u 2 sin 2 
t1 = t2 =  H=
2 g 2g
KINEMATICS 68

Maximum Range 12.2 Equation of trajectory

u 2 sin 2 u2 Trajectory is the path traced by the body. To find the

R and R max 
g g trajectory we must find relation between y and x by
Range is maximum when sin 2is maximum eliminating time.

max (sin 2) = 1 or,  = 45° [Ref. to the earlier diag]

Horizontal Motion Vertical Motion

12.1 Analysis of velocity in case of a projectile
ux = u cos  uy = u sin 
ax = 0 ay = – g

1
sx = u cos  t = x sy = uyt + a t2
2 y

x  x  1 x2
t= y = u sin    g 2
u cos  u cos   2 u cos 2 

gx 2
y = x tan  –   y = bx – ax2
2u 2 cos 2 
From the above equations;
(i) v1x = v2x = v3x = v4x = ux = u cos  (i) This is a equation of a parabola
which means that the velocity along x axis remains constant (ii) Because the co–officient of x2 is negative, it is an inverted
parabola.
[as there is no external force acting along that direction]
(ii) a) magnitude of velocity along y axis first decreases and
then it increases after the top most point
b) at top most point magnitude of velocity is zero.
c) direction of velocity is in the upward direction while
ascending and is in the downward direction while
descending.
d) magnitude of velocity at A is same as magnitude of Path of the projectile is a parabola
velcoity at 0; but the direction is inverse
e) angle which the net velocity makes with the horizontal 2u 2 sin  cos  2u 2 R
R or, 
can be calculated by g g sin  cos 

vy Substituting this value in the above equation we have,

velocity along y axis
tan   
vx velocity along x axis
 x
y = x tan  1- 
 R
net velocity is always along the tangent
69 KINEMATICS

A boatman starts from point A on one bank of a river

13. RELATIVE MOTION 
with velocity vbr in the direction shown in figure. River
Relative is a very general term 
is flowing along positive x–direction with velocity vr .
In physics we use relative very oftenly. Width of the river is d. Then
For eg   
v b  v r  v br

Therefore, vbx = vrx + vbrx = vr – vbr sin 

and vby = vby + vbry = 0 + vbr cos = vbr cos

Case I : If you are observing a car moving on a straight

Vb
road then you say velocity of car is 20 m/s which Vbr d

means velocity of car relative to you is 20 m/s or, Vr

velocity of car relative to ground is 20 m/s (as you are A
standing on the ground. Now, time taken by the boatman to cross the river is :
Case II : If you go inside a car and observe you will find
that the car is at rest while the road is moving back d d d
t  or t  ...(i)
wards. you will say; vby v br cos  v br cos 
velocity of car relative to the car is 0 m/s
Further, displacement along x–axis when he reaches on
Mathematically, velocity of B relative to A is represented
the other bank (also called drift) is
as
   d
v BA = v B - v A x  v bx t   v r  v br sin  
v br cos 

This being a vector quantity direction is very important

d
or x   v r  v br sin   ...(ii)
 ≠  v br cos 
 v BA v AB
Condition when the boatman crosses the river in shortest
14. RIVER–BOAT PROBLEMS interval of time
From eq. (i) we can see that time (t) will be minimum
In river–boat problems we come across the following
when  = 0° i.e., the boatman should steer his boat
three terms :
perpendicular to the river current.

vr  absolute velocity of river.. Condition when the boat wants to reach point B, i.e., at a
 point just opposite from where he started (shortest
vbr  velocity of boatman with respect to river or
distance)

velocity of boatman in still water and v b  absolute In this case, the drift (x) should be zero.
velocity of boatman.
 x=0

Hence, it is important to note that vbr is the velocity of
 d
boatman with which he steers and vb is the actual or  v r  v br sin    0 or vr  v br sin 
v br cos 
velocity of boatman relative to ground. Further
  
v b  v br  v r vr v 
or sin   or   sin 1  r 
Now, let us derive some standard results and their v br  v br 
special cases.
Hence, to reach point B the boatman should row at an
KINEMATICS 70

 
v 
1
angle   sin  r  upstream from AB.
 
 vm  OC , which will be represented by diagonal
 v br  
OD of rectangle OBDC.

d d  v rm  v r2  v m2  2v r v m cos 90  v r2  v m2
t 
vb 2
v v 2
br r

Since sin  1 . So, if vr > vbr, the boatman can never

reach at point B. Because if vr = vbr, sin = 1 or  = 90°
and it is just impossible to reach at B if  = 90°. Similarly,
if vr > vbr, sin > 1, i.e., no such angle exists. Practically
it can be realized in this manner that it is not possible
to reach at B if river velocity (vr) is too high.

15. RELATIVE VELOCITY OF RAIN W.R.T

THE MOVING MAN
 
Consider a man walking west with velocity v m , If  is the angle which vrm makes with the vertical
 direction then
represented by OA . Let the rain be falling vertically
  BD v m v 
downwards with velocity vr , represented by OB . tan    or   tan 1  m 
OB vr  vr 
Figure. To find the relative velocity of rain with respect

to man ( i.e. vrm ) bring the man at rest by imposing a Here, angle  is from vertical towards west and is written
 as , west of vertical.
velocity  v m on man and apply this velocity on rain
also. Now the relative velocity of rain with respect to Note : In the above problem if the man wants to protect
  himself from the rain, he should hold his umbrella in

man will be the resultant velocity of vr  OB and  the direction of relative velocity of rain with respect
to man i.e. the umbrella should be held making an angle
 (= tan–1 vm/vr) west of vertical.
 71 KINEMATICS

SOLVED EXAMPLES
Example - 1 Example - 6

State in the following cases, whether the motion is one, Can be body have a constant velocity but a varying speed ?
two or three dimensional motion :
(a) a kite flying on a windy day Sol. No, since velocity = speed + direction ; therefore a body can
(b) a speeding car on a long straight high way not possess a constant velocity but a varying speed.

(c) a carrom coin rebounding from the side of the board Example - 7

(d) a planet revolving around its star.

Are the magnitude of average velocity and speed equal ?

Sol. (a) The motion of kite in the sky is three dimensional motion
because the kite while flying may be changing as well as Sol. No, they are often unequal. Average velocity and average
losing or gaining the height, i.e., the motion is in space. speed will equal only in case of a uniform motion of a body
(b) The motion of speeding car on a long straight highway along a straight line. Then average velocity = average speed
is one dimensional motion, since the motion is confined = uniform of the body.
along a straight line. Example - 8
(c) The motion of a carrom coin rebounding the side of the Is it true that in one dimensional motion, a particle with
board is two dimensional motion, since the motion is zero speed may have non–zero velocity ?
confined in the plane of board.
(d) The motion of a planet revolving around its star is two Sol. It is not possible because, velocity = speed + direction. If
dimensional motion, because the motion is confined in a speed is zero, the velocity is also zero.
fixed plane.
Example - 2 Example - 9

What will be nature of velocity–time graph for a uniform Is magnitude of the displacement of an object and total
motion ? distance covered by it in centain time interval same ?
Explain.
Sol. A straight line parallel to time axis.

Example - 3 Sol. Not necessarily. If an object covers a complete circular track

of radius r, then its displacement is zero but distance travelled
What will be the nature of position–time graph for a is 2  r.
uniform motion ?
Example - 10
Sol. A straight line inclined to time axis.
Show that average velocity of the object over an interval of
Example - 4
time is either smaller than or equal to the average speed of
What does slope of position–time graph represent for a the object over the same interval.
uniform motion ? displaceme nt
Sol. Since, average velocity = total time taken and average speed
Sol. The uniform velocity of the object.
total distance travelled
Example – 5 = total time taken
Since displacement of an object can

What does the tangent at a point to the position–time be equal or less than total distance travelled in a given time,
graph for an object in non–uniform motion along a straight hence, average velocity of an object over an interval of time
line represent ? is either equal or smaller than the average speed of the object
Sol. Instantaneous speed or instantaneous velocity at the given over the same interval of time.
instant.
KINEMATICS 72

Example - 11 Differentiating it w.r.t. time t, we have

A ball is thrown up in air. What is the acceleration and ds 1 dv v 1 v

 t  or v  a  t 
velocity at the instant it reaches its highest point ? dt 2 dt 2 2 2

–2
Sol. Acceleration is 9.8 ms acting downwards and velocity is  dv 
  acceleration  a 
zero.  dt 
Example - 12 or at = v
A stone is thrown vertically upwards from the surface of Differentiating it again w.r.t. time t, we have
earth. What is the direction of the velocity and acceleration
of the stone (a) on its way up (b) on its way down. da dv da da
ta   a or t  0 or 0
dt dt dt dt
Sol. (a) Velocity is vertically upwards and acceleration is vertically Therefore ; a = a constant.
downwards (b) velocity is vertically downwards and
Example - 16
acceleration is also vertically downwards. –1
Brakes are applied to a train travelling at 72 km h . After
–1
Example - 13 passing over 200 m, its velocity is reduced to 36 km h . At
the same rate of retardation, how much further will it go
–1
An object is projected upward with a velocity of 100 ms .After before it is brought to rest ?
–2
what time will it strike the ground ? Use, g = 10 ms .
Sol. u = 72 km/h = 20m/s; v = 36 km/h = 10 m/s; S = 200 m; a =
–1 –2
Sol. Here, S = 0, u = 100 ms ; a = – 10 ms , t = ? ?

1 2 v2  u 2 102  202 3
Using the relation, S = ut + at , we have As, a    m / s2
2 2S 2  200 4
1 2
0 = 100 t + (–10) t or t = 20 s. 3
2 Now, u = 10 m/s; v = 0, a = m / s2 ; S = ?
4
Example - 14
v 2  u 2 0  (10) 2
Two balls of different masses (one lighter and other heavier) S  = 66.67 m.
2a 2( 3/ 4)
are thrown vertically upwards with the same speed. Which
one will passs through the point of projection in their Example - 17
downward direction with the greater speed ?
Exa A ball is dropped from the roof of a tower of height h. The
Sol. Let u be the initial velocity of projection of body and v be the total distance covered by it in the last second of its motion
velocity of the same body while passing downwards through is equal to the distance covered by it in first three seconds.
2
point of projection. The displacement of body s = 0. Using the What is the value of h ? (g = 10 m/s )
2 2
relation v = u + 2 as, It means the final speed is independent
of mass of the body. Hence, both the bodies will acquire the Sol. Let the ball remain in air for t seconds. Then,
same speed while passing through point of projection. a 10
Dt = u + (2t – 1) = 0 + (2t – 1)
Example - 15 2 2
= 10 t – 5 ...(i)
The distance traversed by a moving particle at any instant is
Distance covered in first three seconds.
half of the product of its velocity and the time of traverse.
Show that the acceleration of particle is constant. 1 1
S  gt 2   10  32  45 ...(ii)
2 2
Sol. Let at an instant t, v be the velocity of the moving particle and As per question, 10t – 5 = 45 or t = 5 s
S be the distance travelled by the particle. As per question. 1 2 1 2
S = v t/2  h  gt   10  5  125m
2 2
 73 KINEMATICS

Example - 18
x 2  x1
A ball is dropped from a bridge 122.5 m above a river. After velocity = slope = t  t = tan 
2 1
the ball has been falling for 2 s, a second ball is thrown
straight down after it. What must its initial velocity be so
that both hit the water at the same time ?

Sol. Time taken for the first ball to fall freely 122.5 m will be,

t  2S/ g  2 122.5 / 9.8  5s.

Thus, the second ball thrown after 2 seconds with velocity
u should cover a distance 122.5 m in 3 seconds. Taking
motion of second ball, we have
2
122.5 = u × 3 + (1/2) × 9.8 × 3 .
On solving we get u = 26.1 m/s Figure (b) shows the case when object had some initial
displacement (x0).
Example - 19
The slope is again positive and constant which indicates
What is position–time graph ? Discuss the position–time constant velocity.
graph of an object (i) at rest (ii) in uniform motion (iii) in
non–uniform motion. x 2  x1
velocity = slope = t  t = tan
2 1
Sol. When a body is in motion, its position changes with time. It
(iii) Object in non–uniform motion :
can be represented by a position–time graph for different
conditions. In this case the body initially has no displacement, then moves
with a velocity which goes on changing with time. The slope
(i) Object at rest :
is positive but variable which indicates variable velocity.
For an object which is stationary, the position–time graph is
parallel to the time axis as shown below.

(ii) Object in uniform motion :

For an object which moves with a velocity which remains
constant in magnitude and direction, the motion is called
uniform motion. Figure (a) shows the position–time graph Note :
for uniform motion.
When the motion is non–uniform motion, we find the average
speed and instantaneous speed as shown,

In this case, the object was initially at rest. The slope is

positive and constant, which indicates constant velocity.
KINEMATICS 74

vv
 a= 0
t

Displacement from A to B,
s = Area under v – t graph
 s = Area of rectangle OABC
 s=v×t
(ii) a) Object with uniform acceleration :
1) Initially at rest :
Average Speed between A and B,
The speed of the body increases uniformly from
x x 2  x1 zero, and the velocity–time graph is a straight line
vav = 
t t 2  t1 inclined to time axis.

Instantaneous speed at P,
vP = slope of tangent AB

 x 
 vP = lim  
t 0  t 

Example - 20

Explain the velocity–time graph of a particle having

(i) uniform velocity (ii) uniform acceleration/retardation
(iii) non–uniform acceleration/retardation.

Sol. When a body is in motion, its velocity may or may–not

change with respect to time. It can be represented by a
velocity–time graph. Acceleration from O to A,
(i) Object with no acceleration (uniform velocity) :
change in velocity
For an object with a constant uniform velocity, velocity– a=
time
time graph is a straight line parallel to time axis.
v0 v
 a= 
t t
Displacement from O to A,
s = Area under v – t graph
 s = Area of triangle OAB

1
s= (vt)
2
2) Initially moving with velocity u :
The speed of body increases uniformly from initial
velocity u and velocity–time graph is a straight line
Acceleration from A to B, inclined to time axis.
change in velocity
a=
time
75 KINEMATICS

Displacement from A to B,
s = Area of tringle OAB

1
s= ut
2
3) a) Object with non–uniform acceleration :
The speed of the object changes veriably with time,
having a variable positive slope for which
acceleration goes on increasing variably.
Acceleration from A to B,

change in velocity
a=
time

vu
a= ...(1)
t
Displacement from A to B,
s = Area region OABMCO
 s = Area of rectangle OAMC + Area of  ABM

1 b) Object with non–uniform retardation :

 s = ut + (v – u) t
2 The speed of the object decreases variably with
time, having a variable negative slope for which
1 2 acceleration goes on decreasing variably.
 s = ut + at ...[From (1)]
2
b) Object with uniform retardation :
The speed of the object decreases uniformly, such
that the velocity–time graph has negative slope.

Example - 21

Using velocity–time graph, derive the kinematic equations.

Acceleration from A to B, Sol.

change in velocity
a=
time

v  u 0  u u
a=   ...(1)
t t t
KINEMATICS 76

Let u be the initial velocity (at t = 0 s) and v be the final s = sn – sn – 1

velocity after t seconds.
1 2 1 2
(i) Acceleration from A to B,  s = un + an – [u (n – 1) + a (n – 1) ]
2 2
change in velocity 1 2 1 2
a=  s = un + an – [(un – u + a (n – 2n + 1)]
time 2 2

vu 1 2 1 2 1
 a=  s = un + an – un + u – an + an – a
t 2 2 2
 at = v – u 1
 s = u + an – a
 v = u + at ...(1) 2

This is the first kinematic equation of motion. 1

 s=u+ a (2n – 1)
(ii) Displacement from A to B, 2
(iii) For a body falling freely from its position of rest, the
s = Area of region OABDC th
height covered by it in n second is given by,
 s = Area of rectangle OADC + Area of  ABD
1
1 s=u+ g (2n – 1)
2
 s = ut + [(v – u) × t]
2
1
 s=0+ g (2n – 1)
1 2
 s = ut + (at × t) ...[From (1)]
2
1
 s= g (2n – 1)
1 2 2
 s ut + at ...(2)
2 Example - 23

This is the second kinematic equation of motion. A car is moving along a straight line, say OP in figure. It
(iii) Now, moves from O to P in 18 s and returns from P to Q in 6.0 s.
v = u + at What are the average velocity and average speed of the car in
Squaring, going (a) from O to P ? (b) from O to P and back to Q
2 2
v = (u + at)
2 2 2 2
 v = u + 2uat + a t
?
2 2 1 2
 v = u + 2a (ut + at )
2
2 2
 v = u + 2as ...[From (2)] Displacement
This is the third kinematic equation of motion. Sol. (a) Average velocity =
Time interval

Example - 22  360m
v  20 ms1
18s
Derive the expression for distance travelled by a body in
th
n second of its motion. Path length
Average speed = Time interval
Sol. (i) Let sn and s(n–1) be the distance travelled by a body in n
360 m
and (n – 1) seconds respectively.   20 ms 1
18 s
Then we know,
Thus, in this case the average speed is equal to the
1 2
sn = un + an magnitude of the average velocity.
2
(b) In this case,
1 2
s(n – 1) = u (n – 1) + a (n – 1)
2 Displacement 240 m –1
th
Average velocity = = = + 10 ms
(ii) The distance travelled in n second of its motion, Time interval (18  6.0) s
 77 KINEMATICS

Path length OP  PQ First Method : In the first method, we split the path in two
Average speed =  parts : the upward motion (A to B) and the downward motion
Time interval t
(B to C) and calculate the corresponding time taken t1 and t2.
(360  120)m
  20 ms 1 Since the velocity at B is zero, we have :
24 s
v = v0 + at
Thus, in this case the average speed is not equal to the 0 = 20 – 10t1
magnitude of the average velocity. This happens because Or, t1 = 2 s
the motion here involves change in direction so that the
This is the time in going from A to B. From B, or the point of
path length is greater than the magnitude of displacement.
the maximum height, the ball falls freely under the
This shows that speed is, in general, greater than the
acceleration due to gravity. The ball is moving in negative y
magnitude of the velocity.
direction. We use equation
Example - 24
1 2
y = y0 + v0t + at
A ball is thrown vertically upwards with a velocity of 2
–1
20 ms from the top of a multistorey building. The height –2
We have, y0 = 45m, y = 0, v0 = 0, a = – g = – 10 ms
of the point from where the ball is thrown is 25.0 m from 2
0 = 45 + (1/2) (–10) t2
the ground. (a) How high will the ball rise ? and (b) how
long will it be before the ball hits the ground ? Solving, we get t2 = 3s
–2
Take g = 10 ms . Therefore, the total time taken by the ball before it hits the
ground = t1 + t2 = 2 s+ 3 s = 5 s.
Sol. (a) Let us take the y–axis in the vertically upward direction Second Method : The total time taken can also be calculated
with zero at the ground, as shown in figure. by noting the coordinates of initial and final positions of
Now v0 = + 20 ms ,
–1 the ball with respect to the origin chosen and using equation
–2
a = – g = –10 ms , 1 2
y = y0 + v0t + at
v = 0 ms
–1 2
If the ball rises to height y from the point of launch, then Now y0 = 25 m y=0m
–1 –2
using the equation v0 = 20 ms , a = – 10 ms , t = ?
2 2 2
v = v0 + 2 a (y – y0) 0 = 25 + 20t + (1/2) (–10) t
2
we get Or, 5t – 20t – 25 = 0
2
0 = (20) + 2(–10) (y – y0) Solving this quadratic equation for t, we get t = 5s
Note that the second method is better since we do not have
Solving, we get, (y – y0) = 20 m.
to worry about the path of the motion as the motion is under
(b) We can solve this part of the problem in two ways. Note constant acceleration.
carefully the methods used.
Example - 25

Free–fall : Discuss the motion of an object under free fall.

Neglect air resistance.

Sol. An object released near the surface of the Earth is

accelerated downward under the influence of the force of
gravity. The magnitude of acceleration due to gravity is
represented by g. If air resistance is neglected, the object is
said to be in free fall. If the height through which the object
falls is small compared to the earth’s radius, g can be taken
–2
to be constant, equal to 9.8 ms . Free fall is thus a case of
motion with uniform acceleration.
We assume that the motion is in y–direction, more correctly
in –y–direction because we choose upward direction as
positive. Since the acceleration due to gravity is alway down
KINEMATICS 78

ward it is in the negative direction and we have Example - 26

–2
a = – g = – 9.8 ms Galileo’s law of odd numbers : “The distances traversed,
The object is released from rest at y = 0. Therefore, v0 = 0 during equal intervals of time, by a body falling from rest,
and the equations of motion become : stand to one another in the same ratio as the odd numbers
v = 0 – gt = –9.8 t ms
–1 beginning with unity [namely, 1:3:5:7.......].” Prove it.
2 2
y = 0 – 12 gt = –4.9 t m Sol. Let us divide the time interval of motion of an object under
2
v = 0 – 2 gy = – 19.6 y m s
2 –2 free fall into many equal intervals  and find out the distances
traversed during successive intervals of time. Since initial
These equations give the velocity and the distance travelled velocity is zero, we have
as a function of time and also the variation of velocity with
distance. The variation of acceleration, velocity and distance, 1 2
y gt
with time have been plotted in figure (a), (b) and (c). 2
Using this equation, we can calculate the position of the
object after different time intervals, o, , 2, 3... which are
2
given in second column of Table. If we take(– 12 ) g as y0
– the position coordinate after first time interval , then third
column gives the distances traversed in successive s. We
find that the distances are in the last column. This law was
established by Galileo Galilei (1564–1642) who was the the
first to make quantitative studies of free fall.

Example - 27

Stopping distance of vehicles : When brakes are applied to

a moving vehicle, the distance it travels before stopping is
called stopping distance. It is an important factor for road
safety and depends on the initial velocity (v0) and the braking
capacity, or deceleration, –a that is caused by the braking.
Derive an expression for stopping distance of a vehicle in
terms of v0 and a.

Sol. Let the distance travelled by the vehicle before it stops be

2 2
ds. Then, using equation of motion v = v0 + 2 ax, and noting
that v = 0, we have the stopping distance

v 20
ds 
2a
 79 KINEMATICS

Thus, the stopping distance is proportional to the square of Example - 29

the initial velocity. Doubling the initial velocity increases  
the stopping distance by a factor of 4 (for the same Can two equal vectors a and b at different locations in
deceleration). space necessarily have identical physical effects ?
For the car of a particular make, the braking distance was
found to be 10m, 20 m, 34 and 50m corresponding to velocity Sol. Yes, they have same physical effects because the two bodies
of 11, 15, 20 and 25 m/s which are nearly consistent with the while falling under gravity, will have same acceleration
above formula. though their locations may be different with respect to a
common origin.
Stopping distance is an important factor considered in
setting speed limits, for example, in school zones. Example - 30

Example - 28 Are the commutative law and associative law applicable to

vector subtraction.
Reaction time : When a situation demands our immediate
action. It takes some time before we really respond.
Reaction time is the time a person takes to observe, think Sol. Commutative law is not applicable to vector subtraction. It
   
and act. For example, if a person is driving and suddenly a is so because A  B  B  A.
boy appears on the road, then the time elapsed before he
Associative law is also not applicable to vector subtraction.
slams the brakes of the car is the reaction time. Reaction
It is so because
time depends on complexity of the situation and on an
     
individual. (A  B)  C  A  (B  C)
You can measure your reaction time by a simple
experiment. Take a ruler and ask your friend to drop it Example - 31

vertically through the gap between your thumb and

Define unit vector and give its physical significance.
forefinger figure. After you catch it, find the distance d
travelled by the ruler. In a particular case, d was found to
be 21.0 cm. Estimate reaction time. Sol. A vector having unit magnitude in a given direction is
called a unit vector.
 
(i) If P is a non–zero vector (i.e. P  0), the unit vector u P in

the diretion of P is given by,,

 P
uP 
P

 P  Pu P

(ii) The unit vector gives the direction of a given vector.

  
(iii) We use i , j and k as the unit vectors along the x, y and z
directions respectively of a cartesian (rectangular) three
Sol. The ruler drops under free fall. Therefore, v0 = 0, and g = –
–2 dimensional co–ordinate system.
9.8 ms . The distance travelled d and the reaction time tr are
related by Example - 32

1 2 2d Define : (i) Equal vectors (ii) Opposite vectors (iii) Zero

d gt r Or, tr  s vectors.
2 g
–2
Given d = 21.0 cm and g = 9.8 ms the reaction time is Sol. (i) Equal vectors :
Two or more vectors having the same magnitude and the
2  0.21 same direction irrespective of their positions in space are
tr  s  0.2 s.
9.8 called equal vectors
KINEMATICS 80

    
AB  CD or PQ R  Rx  Ry
    
 R  Rxi  Ry j
 
where i and j are unit vectors along the positive x–axis
and y–axis respectively.

(ii) Opposite or Negative Vectors :

Any two vetors of same type which are equal in
magnitude but opposite in direction are called opposite or
negative vectors.

AB  CD or P  Q


(vi) Now if  is the angle made by R with the x–axis, then

OA R x
cos   
OC R

 Rx = R cos  ...(i)
(iii) Zero Vectors :
A vector having zero magnitude and having a Ry
and sin  =
particular direction is called zero vector or a null vector. R
  Ry = R = sin  ...(ii)
It is represented by 0.
(vii) Squaring and adding equation (i) and equation (ii), we
Example - 33
get
Explain resolution of vector into rectangular components.
R 2x  R 2y  R 2 cos 2   R 2 sin 2 
Sol. The process of finding the components of a given vector is
called resolution of vectors.  R 2x  R 2y  R 2 (cos 2   sin 2 )
(i) The given vector can be split up into two or more
components such that the combined effect of these  R 2  R 2x  R 2y ...(iii)
components is same as the original vector.
(ii) The components can be found at any required angle,  R  R 2x  R 2y
but if they are at right angles to each other then they are
called rectangular components. (viii) Dividing equation (ii) by (i), we get

(iii)Consider a vector R  OC, starting from the origin ‘O’ Ry
= tan 
of a rectangular coordinate system as shown in figure. Rx
(iv) Draw perpendiculars from C to meet x–axis at A and y–
   Ry 
axis at B  R x  OA and R y  OB are the rectangular   = tan –1  
 ...(v)
 Rx 

components of R along the x–axis and y–axis 
respectively. Equation (v) gives direction of R.
(v) By the parallelogram law of vectors,
 81 KINEMATICS

Example - 34 Example - 38

Define the terms : (i) Projectile (ii) Velocity of projectiion Two bodies of 5 kg and 10 kg are thrown with the same
(iii) Angle of projection (iv) Trajetory. velocity in the same direction. Which body will reach the
ground first ?
Sol. (i) Projectile : Projectile is a body which is projected in
vertical x–y plane, making a certain angle with horizontal Sol. Both the bodies will reach the ground simultaneously
because both have same velocity and will experience same
and is allowed to move freely under the action of gravity.
acceleration due to gravity throughout the motion.
(ii) Velocity of projection : The velocity with which the
Example - 39
projectile is projected is called the velocity of projection.
A bird flies north at 20 m/s for 15 s. It rests for 5 s and then
(iii)Angle of projection : The angle made by velocity of
flies south at 25 m/s for 10 s. For the whole trip, find
projection with horizontal is called angle of projection.
(a) the average speed; (b) the average velocity
(iv) Trajectory : The path traced by the projectile in space (c) the average acceleration.
is called trajectory.
Sol. distance travelled towards north = AC = 20 m/s × 15 s = 300 m.
Example - 35
distance travelled towards south = CB = 25 m/s × 10 s = 250 m.
Prove that a projectile covers the maximum horizontal
dis tan ce
range when angle of projection is 45° with the horizontal Average Speed 
direction. time
C
u2
Sol. Horizontal range, R  sin 2; Horizontal range, R is 300  250 path
g  m / s  18.34 m / s
15  5  10
2
maximum if u sin 2 /g has maximum value. It will be so if sin B
2  has maximum value i.e. sin 2  = 1 or 2  = 90° or  = 45° A

Example - 36 displacement
Average velocity 
time
Why does the direction of motion of a projectile become
horizontal at the highest point of its trajectory ? 300  250
  1.67 m / s
15  5  10
Sol. At the highest point the vertical component velocity of the  v v f  vi
projectile becomes zero and the projectile has only horizontal Average Acceleration  a av  
t t
component velocity. Due to which, the direction of motion
of a projectile becomes horizontal at the highest point of its
 25   20 
trajectory.  m / s 2  1.5 m / s 2
30
Example - 37

At what point of the projectile-path, the speed is (i) Example - 40

minimum and (ii) maximum ?
A particle goes along az quadrant AB of a circle of radius
5 m with a constant speed 2.5 m/s as shown. Find the
Sol. A projectile when given angular projection has two average velocity and average acceleration over the interval
rectangular component velocities, acting horizontally and AB.
vertically. The horizontal component velocity remains
constant throughout the projectile path but vertical
component velocity of projectile decreases as it goes up B
and become zero at the highest point. That is why, the
projectile on its path, has minimum velocity at the highest
point and maximum velocity at the projection point or at a O A
point where it strikes the horizontal ground during its flight.
KINEMATICS 82

dis tan ce 1 2 1
Sol. Time taken  s  ut  at  0   0.8 100   40 m
speed 2 2
From B to C
3.14  5 s = BC = 584 – AB – CD
  3.14 s
2  2.5
= 584 – 40 – 64 = 480 m.

displacement 1
Average velocity  s  ut  a t 2
time 2

AB 52  52  480 = 8 t + 0  t = 60 seconds
  m / s  2.252 m / s
time 3.14 From C to D

v v B  v A v 2  u 2 0 2  82
Average Acceleration   a   0.5 m / s 2
t t 2s 2  64 

vu 08
 2.52   2.52 2 2
t
a

0.5
= 16 seconds.
 m / s = 1.126 m/s
3.14
 total time = tAB + tBC + tCD
vB 2.5 m/s = 10 + 60 + 16 = 86 seconds
2 2
aAB = 0.8 m/s and aCD = – 0.5 m/s
v Solve this by graphical method

vA Example - 42
–1
A balloon rising vertically with a velocity of 5 ms ,
releases a sand bag at an instant when the balloon is 20 m
The average velocity is directed along AB and the average
above the ground.
acceleration is directed perpendicular to AB towards O.
(a) Compute the position and velocity of the sand bag at
Example - 41 the following times after its releases :

A car starts from rest and accelerates uniformly for 10 s 1 1

s, s, 1s, 2s
to a velocity of 8 m/s. It then run at a constant velocity and 4 2
is finally brought to rest in 64 m with a constant (b) How many seconds after its release will the bag strike
retardation. The total distance covered by the car is 584 the ground ?
m. Find the value of acceleration, retardation and total
(c) With what velocity will it strike ?
time taken.

Sol.
Sol.
Step-1 : Visualize the motion and look into the possible
0 m/s 0 m/s qualitative answers to the questions.
8 m/s 8 m/s
Step-2 : Think about direction of velocity of sand bag when it is
A B C D released from balloon.
The car starts from A, accelerates from A to B, run at constant Since balloon is rising vertically up therefore initial
velocity from B to C an d retards to rest from C to D. velocity of sand bag will be 5 m/s in upward direction.
From A to B Step-3 : Take upward direction as positive and downward
direction as negative.
vu 80
a   0.8 m / s 2
t 10
 83 KINEMATICS
2
u = + 5 m/s, g = – 9.8 m/s at
1
t  s;
4 (c) You can calculate velocity with which sand bag strikes
1 the ground by two methods.
h  ut  gt 2 = 0.9 m
2 First method
height above the ground = 20 + 0.9 = 20.9 m u = u + at
2
1 u = + 5 m/s a = – 9.8 m/s
velocity  5  9.8   2.55 m / s
4 t = 2.59 sec (as we calculated above)
Conclusion : Balloon is located above the origin and moving Second method
upward. (Origin is taken to be the position where
balloon leaves the sand bag). If you have to solve this problem independently then use
2 2
v = u + 2a s
1 2
at t  s; u = 5 m/s, a = – 9.8 m/s
2
2
s = – 20 m
1 1 1
h  5    9.8     1.275 You can predict without any calculation that as per
2 2 2 sign convention we have adopted, velocity must be
height above the ground = 21.275 m negative.

1 Example - 43
v  g  9.8   0.1 m / s
2 A particle moving with a uniform acceleration along a
Conclusion : Balloon still above origin and moving up straight line ABC, crosses point A at t = 0 with a velocity
12 m/s. B is 40 m away from A and C is 64 m from A. The
at t = 1s particle passes B at t = 4 seconds.
1 2
h  5 1  9.8 1  0.1 m
2
height above the ground = 20.1 m
v = 5 – 9.8 x 1 = – 4.8 m/s
40 m
Conclusion : Balloon is moving down but is still above the
origin. 64 m

at t = 2 s (i) After what time will the particle be at C ?

1 2 (ii) What is its velocity at C ?
h  5  2   9.8  2   9.6 m
2
height above the ground Sol. (i) Let the uniform acceleration of the particle be ‘a’. For
motion between A and B : u = 12 m/s, s = 40 m, t = 4
= 20 – 9.6 = 10.4
seconds.
v = 5 – 9.5 × 2 = – 14.6 m/s
1 2 1 2
using ; s = ut  at  40  12  4   a   4 
Conclusion : Balloon is below the origin and moving 2 2
downward. 2
 a = –1 m/s
(b) h = – 20 m
1
1
20  5 t   9.8 t 2 For motion between A and C 64  12 t   1 t 2
2 2

t = 2.59 sec. 2
 t  24 t  128  0  1  8  t  16   0

 t = 8 seconds and 16 seconds.

 KINEMATICS 84

height at t = 2.53 is
2
y2 = 19.8 (2.5) – 4.9 (2.5) = 18.9 m.
displacement = y2 – y1 = 18.9 m – 8.68 m = + 10.2 m.
2
(e) 15 = 19.8 t – 4.9 t
40 m
 t = 1.01 s, 3.03 s.
64 m At t = 1.01 s, ball is going up and at t = 3.303 s, it is
coming down.
(ii) Velocity of the particle at C :
Example - 45
At t = 8 seconds, velocity of the particle is
A train travels from rest at one station to rest at another
v8 sec  12   1  8  4 m / s. in the same straight line distance l. It moves over the
2
firtst part of the distance with an acceleration of f1 m/s
v16 sec  12   1  16  4 m / s. 2
and for the remainder with retardation of f2 m/s . Find
time taken to complete the journey.

Sol. f1 m/s2 – f2 m/s2

AB = l

Let AC be the distance covered with acceleration and

As the acceleration of the particle is negative, it will CB be the distance covered with retardation. Let v be
retard as it moves along ABC. At a point beyond C (say the velocity at C.
at D), the particle will come to rest momentarily, and
   AC  BC
then it will move backward with increasing speed.
v 2  0 2 02  v 2 2f f
Example - 44     v2  1 2 
2 f1 2 f 2 f1  f 2
A ball thrown up from the ground reaches a maximum
height of 20 m. Find : v0 0v
Total time = t = tAC + tCB = f  f
(a) its initial velocity; 1 2

(b) the time taken to reach the highest point;

1 1
(c) its velocity just before hitting the ground;  t  v  
 f1 f 2 
(d) its displacement between 0.5 s and 2.5 s;
(e) the time at which it is 15 m above the ground.
 f1  f 2 2 2  f1  f 2  
 v2 
Sol.
2 2
(a) Using v = u + 2as for upward motion, f12 f 22 f1 f 2
2 2
0 = u + 2 (–g) (+20)  u = 19.8 m/s. Graphical Approach : The v – t graph has two straight
segments of slopes f1 and –f2 as shown.
v  u 0  19.8
(b) t    2.02 s.
a 9.8
v (t)
(c) For the complete up–down trip,
2 2
v = u + 2 a (0) v
2 2
 v = u  v = – u = – 19.8 m/s. v
(d) height at t = 0.5 s is
2
y1 = 19.8 (0.5) – 4.9 (0.5) = 8.68 m. O t t
 85 KINEMATICS

Area under graph =  (c) average speed

1 2 dis tan ce travelled

 vt    v Average Speed 
2 t time taken

v v v v 2  1 1  46.7
t          2.46 m / s
tan  tan  f1 f 2 t  f1 f 2  19

2   f1  f 2  Example - 47
 t f1 f 2
A particle is dropped from the top of a tower of height
Example - 46
h and at the same moment, another particle is projected
upward from the bottom. They meet when the upper
A rubber ball is released from a height of 4.90 m above one has descended one third of the height of the tower.
the floor. It bounces repeatedly, always rising to Find the ratio of their velocities when they meet and
81/100 of the height through which it falls. the initial velocity of the lower.
(a) Ignoring the practical fact that the ball has a
finite size (in other words, treating the ball as Sol. Let t = time taken before colliding. Taking the line of
point mass that bounces an infinite number of motion as X–axis and ground as origin. The final
times), show that its total distance of travel is positions of the particles after time t are :
46.7 m.
For the upper :
(b) Determine the time required for the infinite
A
number of bounces. 1
x1  x i  ut  at 2
(c) Determine the average speed. 2

1 2
Sol. Let h = 4.9 m  x1  h  0  gt O u
2
(a) distance travelled

2
For the lower :
 81  81  
 h  2 h  h  ...............
100  100   1 2
x 2  x i  ut  at
2

 0.81  9.8  0.81 1 2

 h  2h   4.9   46.7 m
 1  0.81  0.19  x 2  0  ut  gt
2
(b) time required to fall through infinite bounces at time t, x1 = x2

2h 1 2 1
time required to fall through height h   h gt  ut  gt 2
g 2 2
 h = ut ...(1)
 total time
Also we have for the upper particle,
2h  2nh 2n 2 h 
  2   ...........  1
g  g g  s1   h
 
3
where n = 81/100
 total time 1 h
  gt 2  
2 3
2h 2h  n  2h
 2    1  18  19 sec 3
g g  1  n 
g  h  gt 2 ...(2)
2
KINEMATICS 86

3 h2 1 2
Combining (1) and (2), we get : h  g Sol. Using h  gt we have,
2 u2 2

3gh 1 2 2h AB 2 4
 u h AB  gt AC or t AC  
2 2 g 9.8
Final velocities are : v1 = 0 – gt and v2 = u – gt
v
v1 gt A
 v  u  gt 4m
2

B C
h 3
using u   gt 5m
t 2
= 0.9 second
v1 gt
 =–2
v2 3 BC 5.0
gt  gt Further, BC = vtAC or v    5.55 m / s
2 t AC 0.9
ratio is negative because v1 and v2 are opposite
Example - 50
Hence the ratio of speed is 2 : 1.
A particle is projected with a velocity of 20 m/s at
an angle of 30° to an inclined plane of inclination
Example - 48
30° to the horizontal. The particle hits the
There are two angles of projection for which the inclined plane at an angle of 30°, during its
orizontal range is the same. Show that the sum of journey. Find the
the maximum heights for these two angles is
(a) time of impact
independent of the angle of projection.
(b) the height of the point of impact from the
horizontal plane passing through the point of
Sol. There are two angles of projection  and 90° – for
projection.
which the horizontal range R is same.

u 2 sin 2  Sol. The particle hits the plane at 30° (the angle of
Now, H1  inclination of plane). It means particle hits the plane
2g
horizontally.

u 2 sin 2  90    u 2 cos2 

and H2   u
2g 2g
30°
Thererore,
30°
u2 u2
H1  H 2 
2g

sin 2   cos 2  
2g
 T u sin 
(a) t  2  g
Clearly the sum of the height for the two angles of
projection is independent of the angles of projection. 20 sin  30  30 
 = 1.76 second
9.8
Example - 49 u 2 sin 2 
(b) H 
A ball rolls off the edge of a horizontal table top 4 m 2g
high. If it strikes the floor at a point 5 m
2
horizontally away from the edge of the table, what  20   sin 2 60
  1.53 m
was its speed at the instant it left the table. 2  9.8
 87 KINEMATICS

Example - 51 Sol. VmG = 6 m/s, VcG = 8 m/s.

A car accelerating at the rate of 2 m/s2 from rest If the velocity of running man relative to the cyclist = Vmc
from origin is carrying a man at the rear end who Vmc = VmG – VcG = 6 – 8 = – 2 m/s
has a gun in his hand. The car is always moving i.e., to the cyclist it will appear that the man is running
along positive x–axis. At t = 4 s, the man fires from with a speed of 2 m/s in backward direction.
the gun and the bullet hits a bird at t = 8 s. The bird
Example - 53
has a position vector 40 ˆi + 80 ˆj + 40kˆ . Find the
velocity of projection of the bullet. Take the y–axis A particle A is moving towards +X-axis with speed
in the horizontal plane. (g = 10 m/s2) 7 m/s. Another particle B is going towards -X-axis
with speed 3 m/s. Find the velocity B relative to A.

  

Sol. VBA  VB  VA = (–3 m/s) – (+7 m/s) = –10 m/s.
i.e. B appears to move towards -X-axis with 10 m/s if
observed from A.
Example - 54
Sol. Let velocity of bullet be,
 Two trains, one travelling at 54 kph and the other
v  v x ˆi  v y ˆj  v z zˆ at 72kph, are headed towards each other on a level
track. When they are two kilometers apart, both
At t = 4 sec, x co–ordinate of car is
drivers simultaneously apply their brakes. If their
1 2 1 brakes produces equal retardation in both the
xc  at   2 16  16 m trains at a rate of 0.15 m/s2, determine whether
2 2
there is a collision or not.
x–coordinate of bird is xb = 40 m

 x b  x c  v x  8  4  or 40 = 16 + 4vx Sol. Speed of first train is = 54 kph = 15 m/s

Speed of second train is = 72 kph = 20 m/s
 vx = 6 m/s
As both the trains are heated towards each other,
Similarly, yb = yc + vy (8 – 4)
relative velocity of one train with respect to other is
or 80 = 0 + 4 vy given as
or vy = 20 m/s vr = 15 + 20 = 35 m/s
and
Both trains are retarded by acceleration of 0.15 m/s2,
1 2 relative retardation is
z b  zc  vc  8  4   g  8  4 
2 ar = 0.15 + 0.15 = 0.3 m/s2

1 Now we assume one train is at rest and other is

or 40  0  4v z   5  16 coming at 35 m/s retarded by 0.3 m/s2 is at a distance
2
of two kilometer. The maximum distance travelled
or vz = 20 m/s2 by the moving train while retarding is
 Velocity of projection of bullet
2
 v 2r  35 

v  6 ˆi  20 ˆj  20 kˆ m / s  s max  
2a r 2  0.3
 2041.66 m

Example - 52 It is more than 2km, which shows that it will hit the
second train.
A man is running down the side of a road with speed
of 6 m/s. A cyclist is going in the same direction
with speed of 8 m/s.
KINEMATICS 88

Example - 55 Thus, the particle at A, appears to approach B, in a

direction making an angle of tan–1 (5/4) with its
Two particles move simultaneously from two points
direction of motion.
A and B, 300m apart. The particle at A, starts
towards, B with a velocity of 25 m/s and that at B, Let us draw a line from A, as AC,
moves normal to the former with a velocity of 20 m/s. such that BCA is equal to .
Find the relative velocity of the particle at A, w.r.t.
Thus, to B, A appears to move along AC. From B,
to that at B. Determine when are they closest to
draw a perpendicular to AC as BM.
each other.
BM is the shortest distance between them.
 
Sol. Let vA and vB be the respective velocities of the 4
 BM = AB cos = 300 ×  187.41m
particles at A and B. 41
The relative velocity of particle at A. w.r.t. to Also, AM = AB sin = 234.26 m
that at B is given by
 time taken to cover a distance
   
vA  v B  vA    vB  AB = 234.26 m with a velocity of 32.02 ms
234.26
  7.32 sec.
32.02

Example - 56
A B
V A = 25 m/s A man standing on a road has to hold his umbrella
300 m
at 30° with the vertical to keep the rain away. He
throws the umbrella and starts running at 10 km/
(see figure). From triangle law of velocities if hr. He finds that rain drop are hitting his head
    vertically. Find the speed of raindrops with respect
OP and PQ r epr esent v A and  v B , then the
to (a) road (b) the moving man.
 
required relative velocity v R is given by OQ.
Sol. Given that the velocity of rain drops with respect to

| v R |  252  20 2  625  400  32.02 m / s road is making an angle 30° with the vertical, and
the velocity of the man is 10kph, also the velocity of
25 rain drops with respect to main is vertical. We have
VA P
O   
–VR VRM  VR  VM

VB = 20 m/s
20   
VR hence VR  VRM  VM

The situation is shown in velocity traingle in fig.

Q
vM
25 5
If PQO  , then tan      tan 1   30°
20 4 vRM
vR
300 m
A B

It shows clearly that,

M vR = vM cosec  = 10 × 2 = 20kph

and vRM = VM cos = 10  3  10 3 kph.

C
 89 KINEMATICS

Example - 57 
In the first case v m = velocity of man  3iˆ

A man crosses the river in shortest time at an angle   

 vrm  v r  v m   a  3 ˆi  b ˆj
 = 60° to the direction of flow of water. If the speed
of water is vw = 5 km/hr, find the speed of the man. It seems to be in vertical direction.
Hence, a – 3 = 0 or a = 3
Sol. Refering to the theory, we know that for minimum

time of crossing the man should head perpendicular In the second case v m  6 ˆi
to the shore

   vm   a  6  ˆi  b ˆj  3iˆ  b ˆj
 vmw  v w
This seems to be at 45° with vertical.
Therefore,
Hence, |b| = 3
v
cos   w Therefor e, fro m eq. (i) sp eed of rain is
vm
 2 2 km
 cos 60° | vr |   3   3  3 2
hr
4 Example - 59
  vm  8 km / hr
mw
A man swims at an angle  = 120° to the direction
Example - 58
of water flow with a speed vmw = 5km/hr relative to
To a man walking at the rate of 3 km/hr the rain water. If the speed of water vw = 3km/hr, find the
appears to fall vertically. When he increases his speed speed of the man.
to 6 km/hr it appears to meet him at an angle of 45°
with vertical. Find the speed of rain.   
Sol. vmw  v m  v w
  
Sol. Let ˆi and ˆj be the unit vectors in horizontal and v m  v mw  v w

vertical directions respectively  

 vm  | vmw  v w |  v 2mw  v 2w  2vmw .v w cos 

Let velocity of rain be vr  a ˆi  b ˆj ...(i)
2 2
 vm  5  3  2  5  3 cos120
Then speed of rain will be | v |  a 2  b 2 ...(ii)

 v m  25  9  15  19 m / sec.
 KINEMATICS 90

EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

MOTION IN ONE DIMENSION 8. An aeroplane moves 400 m towards the north, 300 m
towards west and then 1200 m vertically upwards, then
Kinematics (Introduction) its displacement from the initial position is :
1. A body moves 6 m north. 8 m east and 10m vertically (a) 1600 m (b) 1800 m
upwards, what is its resultant displacement from initial (c) 1500 m (d) 1300 m
position (only magnitude) Constant Speed Motion
9. If a car covers 2/5th of the total distance with 1 speed and
(a) 10 2 m (b) 10m
3/5th distance with 2 then average speed is
10 1 1   2
(c) m (d) 10 × 2m (a) 1 2 (b)
2 2 2
2. An athlete completes one round of a circular track of radius
R in 40 seconds. What will be his displacement at the end 21 2 51 2
(c)    (d) 3  2
of 2 minutes 20 seconds 1 2 1 2

(a) Zero (b) 2R 10. A person completes half of its his journey with speed 1 and
(c) 2R (d) 7R rest half with speed 2. The averge speed of the person is
3. A boy stops after travelling 3 km towards east and then 1   2 21 2
goes 4 km towards north along a plane road. The resultant (a)   (b)     
2 1 2
displacement of the boy is (only magnitude)
(a) 7 km (b) 4 km 1 2
(c)      (d)   1 2
(c) 5 km (d) 15 km 1 2

4. If the displacement of a particle is zero, then what can we 11. A car moving on a straight road covers one third of the
say about its distance covered distance with 20 km/hr and the rest with 60 km/hr. The
(a) It must be zero (b) It cannot be zero average speed is
(c) It is negative (d) It may or may not be zero (a) 40 km/hr (b) 80 km/hr
5. The location of a particle has changed. What can we say about 2
the displacement and the distance covered by the particle (c) 46 km/hr (d) 36 km/hr
3
(a) Both cannot be zero
12. A car travels first half the distance between two places
(b) One of the two may be zero with a speed of 30 km/h and the remaining half with a
(c) Both must be zero speed of 50 km/h. The average speed of the car is :
(d) If one is positive, the other is negative and vice versa (a) 45 km/h (b) 42.8 km/h
6. A man goes 10 m towards North, then 20 m towards east (c) 37.5 km/h (d) 48 km/h
then displacement is 13. If displacement of a particle is zero, the distance covered :
(a) 22.5 m (b) 25 m (a) must be zero
(b) may or may not be zero
(c) 25.5 m (d) 30 m
(c) cannot be zero
7. A body moves over one fourth of a circular arc in a circle
(d) depends upon the particle
of radius r. The magnitude of distance travelled and
displacement will be respectively 14. A body covers first one-third of the distance with a velocity
20 ms–1, the second one-third with a velocity of 30 ms–1
r r and last one-third with a velocity of 40 ms–1. The average
(a) ,r 2 (b) ,r
2 4 velocity is nearly :
r (a) 28 m/s (b) 38 m/s
(c) r, (d) r, r
2 (c) 18 m/s (d) 8 m/s
 91 KINEMATICS

Horizontal Motion
1 2 1 2
15. Find the total displacement of a body in 8 s starting from (a) gt (b) ut  gt
2 2
rest with an acceleration of 20 cm/s2 :
(c) (u – gt)t (d) ut
(a) 64 m (b) 64 cm
24. A man drops a ball downside from the roof of a tower of
(c) 640 cm (d) 0.064 m height 400 meters. At the same time another ball is thrown
16. A particle covers 150 m in 8th second starting from rest, its upside with a velocity 50 meter/sec. from the surface of
acceleration is : the tower, then they will meet at which height from the
surface of the tower
(a) 15 m/s2 (b) 20 ms2
(a) 100 meters (b) 320 meters
(c) 10 m/s2 (d) 8 m/s2
(c) 80 meters (d) 240 meters
17. By what velocity a ball be projected vertically upwards
25. A particle is thrown vertically upwards. If its velocity at
so that the distance covered in 5th second is twice of that half of the maximum height is 10 m/s, then maximum height
covered in 6th second ? (g = 10 m/s2) 2
attained by it is (Take g = 10 m/s )
(a) 40 m/s (b) 65 m/s (a) 8 m (b) 10 m
(c) 50 m/s (d) 60 m/s (c) 12 m (d) 16 m
18. A car accelerates from rest at constant rate for first 10 s 26. A body freely falling from the rest has a velocity ‘v’ after
and covers a distance x. It covers a distance y in next 10 it falls through a height ‘h’. The distance it has to fall
s at the same acceleration. Which of the following is true? down for its velocity to become double, is
(a) x = 3y (b) y = 3x (a) 2h (b) 4h
(c) x = y (d) y = 2x (c) 6h (d) 8h
19. The displacement of body is given to be proportional to 27. A body sliding on a smooth inclined plane requires 4
the cube of time elapsed. The magnitude of the seconds to reach the bottom starting from rest at the top.
acceleration of the body is : How much time does it take to cover one-fourth distance
starting from rest at the top
(a) decreasing with time (b) increasing with time
(a) 1 s (b) 2 s
(c) constant but not zero (d) zero
(c) 4 s (d) 16 s
20. Body A starts from rest with an acceleration a1. After 2 s
28. By which velocity a ball be projected vertically upward so
another body B starts from rest with an acceleration a2. If th
that the distance covered by it in 5 second is twice the
they travel equal distances in 5 s after the start of A, the th 2
distance it covers in its 6 second (g = 10 m/s )
ratio a1 : a2 will be equal to :
(a) 58.8 m/s (b) 49 m/s
(a) 9 : 25 (b) 5 : 7
(c) 65 m/s (d) 19.6 m/s
(c) 5 : 9 (d) 7 : 9 29. A body falls from rest, its velocity at the end of first
Vertical Motion (Free Fall) second is (g = 32 ft/sec)
21. If a body is thrown up with the velocity of 15 m/s then (a) 16 ft/sec (b) 32 ft/sec
2
maximum height attained by the body is (g = 10 m/s ) (c) 64 ft/sec (d) 24 ft/sec
(a) 11.25 m (b) 16.2 m 30. A stone thrown upward with a speed u from the top of
(c) 24.5 m (d) 7.62 m the tower reaches the ground with a velocity 3u. The
height of the tower is
22. A body falls from rest in the gravitational field of the earth.
The distance travelled in the fifth second of its motion is (a) 3u2/g (b) 4u2/g
2
(g = 10 m/s ) (c) 6u2/g (d) 9u2/g
(a) 25 m (b) 45 m 31. A stone is shot straight upward with a speed of 20 m/sec
(c) 90 m (d) 125 m from a tower 200 m high. The speed with which it strikes
the ground is approximately
23. If a ball is thrown vertically upwards with speed u, the
distance covered during the last t seconds of its ascent is (a) 60 m/sec (b) 65 m/sec
(c) 70 m/sec (d) 75 m/sec
KINEMATICS 92

32. A body projected vertically upwards with a velocity u initial velocity v0. The distance travelled by the particle in
returns to the starting point in 4 seconds. If g = 10 m/sec2, time t will be :
the value of u is
1 3 1
(a) 5 m/sec (b) 10 m/sec (a) v 0 t  bt (b) v 0 t  bt 3
6 3
(c) 15 m/sec (d) 20 m/sec
1 1 2
33. A body is thrown vertically up from the ground. It reaches (c) v 0 t  bt 2 (d) v 0 t  bt
a maximum height in 5sec. After what time it will reach the 3 2
ground from the maximum height position 40. A particle moves along a straight line such that its
(a) 1.2 sec (b) 5 sec displacement at any time t is given by s = 3t3 + 7t2 + 14t + 5
(c) 10 sec (d) 25 sec The acceleration of the particle at t = 1s is :
34. From the top of a tower, a particle is thrown vertically 2 2
(a) 18 m/s (b) 32 m/s
downwards with a velocity of 10 m/s. The ratio of the 2 2
(c) 29 m/s (d) 24 m/s
distances, covered by it in the 3rd and 2nd seconds of the
motion is (Take g = 10 m/s2) 41. The displacement x of a particle moving along a straight
(a) 5 : 7 (b) 7 : 5 line at time t is given by
(c) 3 : 6 (d) 6 : 3 x = a0 + a1t + a2t2
35. The water drops fall at regular intervals from a tap 5 m The acceleration of the particle is :
above the ground. The third drop is leaving the tap at the
instant the first drop touches the ground. How far above (a) 4a2 (b) 2a2
the ground is the second drop at that instant ? (c) 2a1 (d) a2
(a) 1.25 m (b) 2.50 m 42. Mark the correct statements :
(c) 3.75 m (d) 4.00 m (a) The magnitude of the velocity of a particle is equal to
36. A stone is dropped from certain height which can reach its speed.
the ground in 5 s. If the stone is stopped after 3 s of its fall (b) The magnitude of average velocity in an interval is
and then allowed to fall again, then the time taken by the
equal to its average speed in that interval.
stone to reach the ground for the remaining distance is :
(c) It is possible to have a situation in which the speed of a
(a) 3 s (b) 4 s
particle is always zero but the average speed is not zero.
(c) 2 s (d) none of these
(d) It is possible to have a situation in which the speed of
37. A ball is dropped from a bridge 122.5 m high. After the
the particle is never zero but the average speed in an
first ball has fallen for 2 s, a second ball is thrown straight
down after it, what must the initial velocity of the second interval is zero.
ball be, so that both the balls hit the surface on water at 43. Of the following situations, which one is impossible ?
the same time ? (a) A body is having zero velocity and non–zero
(a) 26.1 m/s (b) 9.8 m/s acceleration
(c) 55.5 m/s (d) 49 m/s (b) A body is having constant acceleration and variable
38. A body is released from the top of the tower H metre high. velocity
It takes t second to reach the ground. Where is the body (c) A body is having constant speed and variable
t/2s after release ? acceleration
(a) At 3H/4 m from the ground (d) A body is having constant velocity and variable
(b) At H/2 m from the ground acceleration
(c) At H/6 m from the ground 44. The displacement of a body at any time t after starting is
(d) At H/4 m from the ground given by s = 15t – 0.4t2. The velocity of the body will be 7
ms–1 after time :
Calculus Based Problem
(a) 20 s (b) 15s
39. The acceleration of a particle is increasing linearly with
time t as bt. The particle starts from the origin with an (c) 10 s (d) 5 s
 93 KINEMATICS

45. A particle moves along the X–axis according to the 51. A point moves in a straight line so that its displacement is x
2
equation x = 6 t , where x is in metres and t is in seconds. m at time t sec, given by x2 = t2 + 1. Its acceleration in m/s2 at
Then time t sec is :
2
(a) the acceleration of the particle is 6 m/s
1 1 1
(b) the particle follows a parabolic path (a) (b)  2
x x x
(c) each second the velocity of the particle changes by 12 m/s
t 1
(d) none of the above (c)  (d) 3
x2 x
46. An object starts from rest at x = 0 when t = 0. The object
52. A particle moves in space such that
moves in the x direction with positive velocity after t = 0. The
instantaneous velocity and average velocity are related by x = 2t3 + 3t + 4 ; y = t2 + 4t – 1 ;
z = 2 sin t
dx x
(a)  where x, y, z are measured in meter and t in second. The
dt t
acceleration of the particle at t = 3s is
dx x
(b)  (a) 36 i  2 j  k ms–2
dt t

dx x (b) 36 i  2 j  k ms-2

(c) 
(c) 36 i  2j ms–2
dt t

dx x
(d) can be smaller than, greater than or equal to (d) 12i  2j ms–2
dt t
47. The position of a particle along x-axis at time t is given by 53. The velocity of a particle moving on the x-axis is given by v
x = 1 + t – t2. The distance travelled by the particle in first = x2 + x where v is in m/s and x is in m. Find its acceleration
2 seconds is in m/s2 when passing through the point x = 2m
(a) 1m (b) 2m (a) 0 (b) 5
(c) 2.5 m (d) 3m (c) 11 (d) 30
48. A particle moves along a straight line such that at time t its Graphs
displacement from a fixed point O on the line is 3t2 – 2. The 54. The graph of displacement v/s time is
velocity of the particle when t = 2 is:
(a) 8 ms–1 (b) 4 ms–1
S
(c) 12 ms–1
(d) 0
t
49. Temperature of a body varies with time as T = (T0 + t2 + 
sint)K, where T0 is the temperature in Kelvin at t = 0 sec. &  =
2/. K/s2 &  = – 4 K, then rate of change of temperature at t = Its corresponding velocity-time graph will be
sec. is
(a) 8 K (b) 80C V V
(c) 8K/sec (d) 80C/sec
(a) (b)
50. A particle moves in a straight line, according to the law x =
t t

 t
4a [t + asin   ], where x is its position in meters, t in sec.
a
V V
& a is some constants, then the velocity is zero at
(c) (d)
(a) x = 4a2meters (b) t =  sec.
t t
(c) t = 0 sec. (d) none
KINEMATICS 94

55. A train moves from one station to another in 2 hours time.

(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 3
Its speed-time graph during this motion is shown in the
figure. The maximum acceleration during the journey is
(c) 3 :1 (d) 1 : 3

59. The graph below shows the velocity versus time graph
100 for a body
Speed in km/hours

80
D
60 
40
20 B C L t
N M E
A
0.25 0.75 1.00 1.5 2.00
Time in hours

Which of the following graphs represents the corresponding

(a) 140 km h–2 (b) 160 km h–2 acceleration versus time graphs
(c) 100 km h–2 (d) 120 km h–2 a a
56. The adjoining curve represents the velocity-time graph
of a particle, its acceleration values along OA, AB and BC
(a) t (b) t
in metre/sec2 are respectively

A B a a
10
Velocity (m/sec)

5 (c) t (d) t

O 10 20 30 40
Time (sec)
60. The displacement-time graph of a moving particle is shown
in figure. The instantaneous velocity of the particle is
negative at the point :
(a) 1, 0, – 0.5 (b) 1, 0, 0.5
(c) 1, 1, 0.5 (d) 1, 0.5, 0
57. Which of the following graph represents uniform motion

s
s

(a) (b)

t t (a) C (b) D
(c) E (d) F
s Approach and Separation velocity
s
61. A bus starts from rest with an acceleration of 1 m/s2. A
(c) (d) man who is 48 m behind the bus starts with a uniform
t velocity of 10 m/s. Then the minimum time after which the
t man will catch the bus :
58. The displacement-time graph for two particles A and B are (a) 4 s (b) 10 s
straight lines inclined at angles of 30o and 60o with the time (c) 12 s (d) 8 s
axis. The ratio of velocities of vA : vB is
 95 KINEMATICS

MOTION IN TWO DIMENSION (c) The force with which he pushes the ground and his
speed
General Projectile
62. In a projectile motion, velocity at maximum height is (d) The direction in which he leaps and the weight
69. For a projectile, the ratio of maximum height reached to
u cos 
(a) (b) u cos  the squareof flight time is (g = 10 ms–2)
2
(a) 5 : 4 (b) 5 : 2
u sin  (c) 5 : 1 (d) 10 : 1
(c) (d) None of these
2
70. A cricketer can throw a ball to a maximum horizontal
63. A body is thrown at angle 30o to the horizontal with the distance of 100 m. The speed with which he throws the
velocity of 30 m/s. After 1 sec, its velocity will be (in m/ ball is (to the nearest integer)
s) (g = 10 m/s2)
(a) 30 ms–1 (b) 42 ms–1
(a) 10 7 (b) 700 10 (c) 32 ms–1 (d) 35 ms–1
(c) 100 7 (d) 40 71. If two bodies are projected at 30o and 60o respectively, with
the same speed, then
64. A projectile is fired at 30o to the horizontal. The vertical
component of its velocity is 80 ms–1. Its time of flight is T. (a) Their ranges are same
What will be the velocity of the projectile at t = T/2 (b) Their heights are same

(a) 80 ms–1 (b) 80 3 ms–1 (c) Their times of flight are same
(d) All of these
(c) (80/ 3 ) ms–1 (d) 40 ms–1
72. A particle covers 50 m distance when projected with an
65. For a given velocity, a projectile has the same range R for initial speed. On the same surface it will cover a distance,
two angles of projection if t1 and t2 are the times of flight when projected with double the initial speed
in the two cases then
(a) 100 m (b) 150 m
(a) t1t 2  R 2 (b) t1t 2  R (c) 200 m (d) 250 m
1 1 73. The speed of a projectile at the highest point
(c) t1t 2  (d) t1t 2 
R R2 1
becomes times its initial speed. The horizontal range
66. If for a given angle of projection, the horizontal range is 2
doubled, the time of flight becomes of the projectile will be
(a) 4 times (b) 2 times
u2 u2
(c) (a) (b)
2 times (d) 1/ 2 times g 2g
67. A boy playing on the roof of a 10m high building throws
a ball with a speed of 10 m/s at an angle of 30 o with the u2 u2
(c) (d)
horizontal. How far from the throwing point will the 3g 4g
ball be at the height of 10 m from the ground (g = 10 m/ 74. A projectile is projected with initial velocity

s2, sin 30o =

1
, cos30 
3
) (6iˆ  8j)m
ˆ / sec. If g = 10 ms–2, then horizontal range is
2 2
(a) 4.8 metre (b) 9.6 metre
(a) 8.66 m (b) 5.20 m
(c) 19.2 metre (d) 14.0 metre
(c) 4.33 m (d) 2.60 m
75. A projectile thrown with an initial speed u and angle of
68. Which of the following sets of factors will affect the
projection 15o to the horizontal has a range R. If the same
horizontal distance covered by an athlete in a long–jump
projectile is thrown at an angle of 45o to the horizontal
event
with speed 2u, its range will be
(a) Speed before he jumps and his weight
(a) 12 R (b) 3 R
(b) The direction in which he leaps and the initial speed
(c) 8 R (d) 4 R
KINEMATICS 96

76. The velocity at the maximum height of a projectile is half 84. A man projects a coin upwards from the gate of a uniformly
of its initial velocity of projection u. Its range on the moving train. The path of coin for the man will be
horizontal plane is
(a) Parabolic
2 2
(a) 3u / 2g (b) u /3g (b) Inclined straight line
(c) 3u2/2g (d) 3u2/g (c) Vertical straight line
77. A projectile is thrown from a point in a horizontal place (d) Horizontal straight line
such that its horizontal and vertical velocity component 85. In a projectile motion, the velocity
are 9.8 m/s and 19.6 m/s respectively. Its horizontal range is
(a) Is always perpendicular to the acceleration
(a) 4.9 m (b) 9.8 m
(b) Is never perpendicular to the acceleration
(c) 19.6 m (d) 39.2 m
(c) Is perpendicular to the acceleration for one instant only
78. A ball thrown by one player reaches the other in 2 sec.
(d) Is perpendicular to the acceleration for two instants
the maximum height attained by the ball above the point
of projection will be about 86. An aeroplane is moving with a horizontal velocity u at a
height h above the ground. If a packet is dropped from it
(a) 10 m (b) 7.5 m
the speed of the packet when it reaches the ground will be
(c) 5 m (d) 2.5 m
1/ 2
79. If the initial velocity of a projectile be doubled. Keeping (a) (u 2  2gh)1/ 2 (b) (2 gh)
the angle of projection same, the maximum height reached
(c) (u 2  2 gh)1/ 2 (d) 2 gh
by it will
(a) Remain the same (b) Be doubled 87. A particle is thrown upward with a speed u at an angle 
with the horizontal. When the particle makes an angle 
(c) Be quadrupled (d) Be halved
with the horizontal, its speed changes to v, then
80. The maximum horizontal range of a projectile is 400 m.
The maximum height attained by it will be (a) v  u cos  cos  (b) v  u cos  sec 

(a) 100 m (b) 200 m (c) v  u cos  (d) v = u sec  cos 

(c) 400 m (d) 800 m 88. A cricket ball is thrown with a velocity of 15 m/s at an
81. Two bodies are projected with the same velocity. If one is angle of 30o with the horizontal. The time of flight of the
projected at an angle of 30o and the other at an angle of ball will be (g = 10 m/s2)
60o to the horizontal, the ratio of the maximum heights (a) 1.5 s (b) 2.5 s
reached is
(c) 3.5 s (d) 4.5 s
(a) 3 : 1 (b) 1 : 3
89. A stone is thrown at an angle  to the horizontal reaches a
(c) 1 : 2 (d) 2 : 1 maximum height h. The time of flight of the stone is
82. If time of flight of a projectile is 10 seconds. Range is 500
m. The maximum height attained by it will be (a) (2h sin ) /g (b) 2 (2h sin ) /g

(a) 125 m (b) 50 m

(c) 2 (2h) /g (d) (2h) /g
(c) 100 m (d) 150 m
90. Which of the following is largest, when the height attained
83. At the top of the trajectory of a projectile, the directions
by the projectile is the largest
of its velocity and acceleration are
(a) Range
(a) Perpendicular to each other
(b) Time of flight
(b) Parallel to each other
(c) Angle of projectile with vertical
(c) Inclined to each other at an angle of 45o
(d) None of these
(d) Antiparallel to each other
 97 KINEMATICS

Rain man and River boat problem 93. A boat crosses a river of width 1 km along the shortest
91. A river is flowing from east to west at a speed of 5 m/min. path in 15 mintues. If the speed of boat in still water is 5
A man on south bank of river, capable of swimming 10 m/ km/hr, then what is the speed of the river ?
min in still water, wants to swim across the river in the
(a) 1 km/hr (b) 3 km/hr
shortest time; he should swim :
(a) due north (c) 2 km/hr (d) 5 km/hr

(b) due north-east Approach and Separation Velocity

(c) due north-east with double the speed of river 94. A 100 m long train at 15 m/s overtakes a man running on
(d) none of the above the platform in the same direction in 10 s. How long the
92. A steamer moves with velocity 3 km/h in and against the train will take to cross the man if he was running in the
direction of river water whose velocity is 2 km/h. Calculate opposite direction ?
the total time for total journey if the boat travels 2 km in (a) 7 s (b) 5 s
the direction of steam and then back to its place :
(c) 3 s (d) 1 s
(a) 2 hrs (b) 2.5 hrs
(c) 2.4 hrs (d) 3 hrs
 KINEMATICS 98

EXERCISE - 2 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE MAINS QUESTIONS

1. Speeds of two identical cars are u and 4u at a specific instant. given by (2003)
The ratio of the respective distances at which the two cars
are stopped from that instant is (2002) (a) 3t  2   2 (b) 3t 2  2  2
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 4
(c) t 2  2   2 (d)  2  2
(c) 1 : 8 (d) 1 : 16
   
2. A ball whose kinetic energy is E, is projected at an angle of 8. If A  B  B  A, then the angle between A and B is
45° to the horizontal. The kinetic energy of the ball at the
highest point of its flight will be (2002) (a)  (b) /3 (2004)

E (c) /2 (d) /4

(a) E (b) 9. A ball is released from the top of a tower of height h metre.
2
It takes T second to reach the ground. What is the position
(c) E (d) zero
2 T
of the ball in s ? (2004)
3. From a building two balls A and B are thrown such that A is 3
thrown upwards and B downwards (both vertically). If vA
and vB are their respective velocities on reaching the ground, (a) h/9 m from the ground
then (2002) (b) 7h/9 m from the ground
(a) vB > vA
(c) 8h/9 m from the ground
(b) vA = vB
(d) 17h/18 m from the ground
(c) vA > vB
10. An automobile travelling with a speed of 60 km/h, can brake to
(d) their velocities depend on their masses
stop within a distance of 20 m. If the car is going twice as fast, i.e,
4. If a body losses half of its velocity on penetrating 3 cm in a 120 km/h, the stopping distance will be (2004)
wooden block, then how much will it penetrate more before
coming to rest ? (2002) (a) 20 m (b) 40 m

(a) 1 cm (b) 2 cm (c) 60 m (d) 80 m

(c) 3 cm (d) 4 cm 11. A ball is thrown from a point with a speed v0 at an angle of
5. A car moving with a speed of 50 km/h, can be stopped by projection . From the same point and at the same instant a
brakes after at least 6 m. If the same car is moving at a speed of person starts running with a constant speed v0/2 to catch
100 km/h, the minimum stopping distance is (2003) the ball. Will the person be able to catch the ball ? If yes,
what should be the angle of projection ? (2004)
(a) 12m (b) 18 m
(a) yes, 60° (b) yes, 30°
(c) 24 m (d) 6 m
(c) no (d) yes, 45°
6. A boy playing on the roof of a 10 m high building throws a
ball with a speed of 10 m/s at an angle of 30° with the 12. A projectile can have the same range R for two angles of
horizontal. How far from the throwing point will the ball be projection. If T1 and T2 be the times of flights in the two
at the height of 10 m from the ground ? cases, then the product of the two time of flights is directly
proportional to (2004-05)
2 1 3 (a) 1/R
2
(b) 1/R
[g = 10 m/s , sin 30  , cos 30  ] (2003)
2 2 (c) R (d) R
2

(a) 5.20 m (b) 4.33 m 2

13. The relation between time t and distance x is t = ax + bx,
(c) 2.60 m (d) 8.66 m where a and b are constants. The acceleration is (2005)
2 3
7. The co–ordinates of a moving particle at any time t are given (a) –2 abv (b) 2 bv
3 3 3 2
by x = t and y = t . The speed of the particle at time t is (c) –2av (d) 2 av
 99 KINEMATICS

14. A car, starting from rest, accelerates at the rate f through a instant another body passes through x = 0 moving in the
distance s, Then continues at constant speed for time t and positive x-direction with a constant speed. The position of
then decelerates at the rate f/2 to come to rest. If the total the first body is given by x1(t) after time t and that of the
distance travelled is 15 s, then (2005) second body by x2(t) after the same time interval. Which of
1 2 the following graphs correctly describes (x1 – x2) as a function
(a) s = ft (b) s  ft
of time ? (2008)
6
1 2 1 2 (x1 – x2) (x1 – x2)
(c) s  ft (d) s  ft
72 4
15. A particle is moving eastwards with a velocity of 5 m/s. In 10
s the velocity changes to 5 m/s northwards. The average
(a) (b)
acceleration in this time is (2005)
(a) zero t t
O O
1
(b) ms 2 towards north (x1 – x2)
2 (x1 – x2)
1
(c) ms 2 towards north–east
2
1 (c) (d)
(d) ms 2 towards north–west
2 t
O t
16. A parachutist after bailing out falls 50 m without friction. O
When parachute opens, it decelerates at 2 ms–2. He reaches
the ground with a speed of 3 ms–1. At what height, did he 21. A particle has an initial velocity 3iˆ  4ˆj and an acceleration
bail out ? (2005) of 0.4iˆ  0.3jˆ . Its speed after 10 s is (2009)
(a) 91 m (b) 182 m
(a) 10 unit (b) 7 2 unit
(c) 293 m (d) 111 m
(c) 7 units (d) 8.5 unit
17. A particle located at x = 0 at time t = 0, starts moving along

the positive x-direction with a velocity v that varies as  
22. A particle is moving with velocity v  k yiˆ  xjˆ , where k
v   x . The displacement of the particle varies with time is a constant. The general equation for its path is (2010)
as (2006) 2
(a) y = x + constant
2
(b) y = x + constant
2 2
(a) t2 (b) t (c) xy = constant (d) y = x + constant
(c) t1/2 (d) t3 23. An object, moving with a speed of 6.25 m/s, is decelerated
2
18. The velocity of a particle is v = v0 + gt + ft . If its position is dv
at a rate given by  2.5 v where v is the
x = 0 at t = 0, then its displacement after unit time (t = 1) is dt
instantaneous speed. The time taken by the object, to come
g f
(a) v0 + 2g + 3f (b) v0   (2007) to rest, would be (2011)
2 3
(a) 2 s (b) 4 s
g (c) 8 s (d) 1 s
(c) v0 + g + f (d) v0   f
2 24. A water fountain on the ground sprinkles water all around
19. A particle is projected at 60° to the horizontal with a kinetic it. If the speed of water coming out of the fountain is v, the
energy K. The kinetic energy at the highest point is (2007) total area around the fountain that gets wet is (2011)
(a) K (b) zero
v4  v4
(a)  (b)
K K g2 2 g2
(c) (d)
4 2
20. A body is at rest at x = 0. At t = 0, it starts moving in the v2 v2
(c)  (d) 
positive x-direction with a constant acceleration. At the same g2 g
KINEMATICS 100

25. A body can throw a stone up to a maximum height of 10 m. 28. A body is thrown vertically upwards. Which one of the
The maximum horizontal distance that the boy can throw following graphs correctly represent the velocity vs time?
the same stone up to will be (2012) (2017)
(a) 20 2 m (b) 10 m

(c) 10 2 m (d) 20 m
26. From a tower of height H, a particle is thrown vertically (a) (b)
upwards with a speed u. The time taken by the particle, to
hit the ground, is n times that taken by it to reach the
highest point of its path.
The relation between H, u and n is : (2014)
2 2
(a) g H = (n – 2) u (c) (d)
(b) 2 g H = nu2 (n – 2)
(c) g H = (n – 2) u2
(d) 2 g H = n2u2 29. An object is dropped from a height h from the ground.
27. Two stones are thrown up simultaneously from the edge Every time it hits the ground it looses 50% of its kinetic
of a cliff 240 m high with initial speed of 10 m/s and 40 m/ energy. The total distance covered as t is : (2017)
s respectively. Which of the following graph best (a) 2h (b) 
represents the time variation of relative position of the
5 8
second stone with respect to the first ? (c) h (d) h
3 3
(Assume stones do not rebound after hitting the ground
and neglect air resistance, take g = 10 m/s2) 30. All the graphs below are intended to represent the same
(The figures are schematic and not drawn to scale)(2015) motion. One of them does it incorrectly. Pick it up.(2018)

(a) (b)
(a)

(c) (d)

(b)
31. The position of a projectile launched from the origin at t =

0 is given by r  40i  50j m at t = 2s. If the projectile
 
was launched at an angle from the horizontal, then  is
(take g = 10 ms–2). (2014 Online Set-1)
(c)
(a) tan–1 2/3 (b) tan–1 3/2
(c) tan–1 7/4 (d) tan–1 4/5
32. A person climbs up a stalled escalator in 60 s. If standing
on the same but escalator running with constant velocity
(d) he takes 40 s. How much time is taken by the person to
walk up the moving escalator? (2014 Online Set-2)
(a) 45 s (b) 37 s
(c) 24 s (d) 27 s
101 KINEMATICS

33. The initial speed of a bullet fired from a rifle is 630 m/s. The 38. The velocity-time graphs of a car and a scooter are shown
rifle is fired at the centre of a target 700 m away at the same in the figure. (i) The difference between the distance
level as the target. How far above the centre of the target travelled by the car and the scooter in 15 s and (ii) the time
the rifle must be aimed in order to hit the target?
at which the car will catch up with the scooter are,
(2014 Online Set-3)
respectively. (2018 Online Set-1)
(a) 9.8 m (b) 4.2 m
(c) 1.0 m (d) 6.1 m
th
1
34. A bullet looses   of its velocity passing through one
n
plank. The number of such planks that are required to
stop the bullet can be : (2014 Online Set-4)
(a) n (b) Infinite
n2 2n 2
(c) (d)
2n  1 n 1
35. A particle starts from rest. Its acceleration at time t = 0 is 5
ms–2 which varies with time as shown in Fig.. The maximum (a) 112.5 m and 22.5 s (b) 337.5 m and 25 s
speed of the particle will be: (2015 Online)
(c) 112.5 m and 15 s (d) 225.5 m and 10 s
39. An automobile, travelling at 40 km/h, can be stopped at a
distance of 40 m by applying brakes. If the same
automobile is travelling at 80 km/h, the minimum stopping
distance, in metres, is (assume no skidding):
(2018 Online Set-1)
(a) 75 m (b) 100 m
–1 –1
(a) 7.5 ms (b) 15 ms (c) 150 m (d) 160 m
(c) 30 ms–1 (d) 75 ms–1 40. A man in a car at location Q on a straight highway is
36. A car is standing 200 m behind a bus, which is also at rest.
moving with speed v. He decides to reach a point P in a
The two start moving at the same instant but with different field at a distance d from the highway (point M) as shown
forward accelerations. The bus has acceleration 2 m/s2
in the figure. Speed of the car in the field is half to that on
and the car has acceleration 4 m/s2. The car will catch up the highway. What should be the distance RM, so that
with the bus after a time of : (2017 Online Set-2)
the time taken to reach P is minimum ?
(a) 110 s (b) 120 s (2018 Online Set-2)

(c) 10 2 s (d) 15 s
37. Which graph corresponds to an object moving with a
constant negative acceleration and a positive velocity ?
(2017 Online Set-1)

d
(1) d (2)
(a) (b) 2

d d
(3) (4)
2 3

(c) (d)
 KINEMATICS 102

EXERCISE - 3 : ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

MOTION IN ONE DIMENSION Horizontal Motion
Introduction 5. What determines the nature of the path followed by a
particle ?
1. In 1.0 s, a particle goes from point A to point B, moving in
a semi–circle (as shown in the figure). The magnitude of (a) Velocity (b) Speed
the average velocity is (c) Acceleration (d) None of these
6. A body moving with a uniform acceleration has velocities
A of u and v when passing through points A and B in its
path. The velocity of the body midway between A and B is

1m uv u 2  v2
(a) (b)
2 2
B (c) (d) None of these
uv
(a) 3.14 m/s (b) 2.0 m/s 7. A body starts from rest and is uniformly accelerated for 30 s.
The distance travelled in the first 10s is x1. next 10s is x2
(c) 1.0 m/s (d) zero
and the last 10 s is x3. Then x1 : x2 : x3 is the same as
2. A wheel with radius 45 cm rolls without slipping along a
(a) 1 : 2 : 4 (b) 1 : 2 : 5
horizontal floor as shown in figure. P is a dot pointed on
the rim of the wheel. At time t1, P is at the point of contact (c) 1 : 3 : 5 (d) 1 : 3 : 9
between the wheel and the floor. At a later time t2, the 8. A bird flies for 4s with a velocity of (t–2) m/s in a straight
wheel has rolled, through one–half of a revolution. What line, where t = time in seconds. It covers a distance of
is the displacement of P during this interval (a) 2m (b) 4m
P (c) 6m (d) 8m
9. A particle travels 10m in first 5 sec and 10m in next 3 sec.
Assuming constant acceleration what is the distance
travelled in next 2 sec
P
(a) 8.3 m (b) 9.3 m
At time t1 At time t2 (c) 10.3 m (d) None of above

(a) 90 cm (b) 168 cm 10. An object moves along the x–axis. Its x coordinate is given
as a function of time as
(c) 40 cm (d) data insufficient 2
x = 7 t – 3t
3. A particle moving in a straight line covers half the distance
with speed of 3 m/s. The other half of the distance is covered where x is in metre and t is in second. Its average speed
in two equal time intervals with speed of 4.5 m/s and 7.5 m/ over the interval t = 0 to t = 4 s is
s respectively. The average speed of the particle during (a) 5 m/s (b) – 5 m/s
this motion is
(a) 4.0 m/s (b) 5.0 m/s 169 169
(c)  m/s (d) m/s
24 24
(c) 5.5 m/s (d) 4.8 m/s
Constant Speed Motion 11. A particle is moving with velocity of 4 m/s along + ve X
2
direction, an acceleration of 1 m/s is acted on the particle
4. A 150 m long train is moving with a uniform velocity of 45
along –ve X direction. Find the distance travelled by the
km/h. The time taken by the train to cross a bridge of
length 850 meters is particle in 10 s.

(a) 56 sec (b) 68 sec (a) 10 m (b) 26 m

(c) 80 sec (d) 92 sec (c) 16 m (d) 8 m
103 KINEMATICS

12. At a distance of 500 m from the traffic light, brakes are (a) a upward (b) (g–a) upward
applied to an automobile moving at a velocity of 20 m/s. The (c) (g–a) downward (d) g downward.
position of automobile relative to traffic light 50 s after
2 20. A person standing near the edge of the top of a building
applying the brakes, if its acceleration is –0.5 m/s , is
throws two balls A and B. The ball A is thrown vertically
(a) 125 m (b) 375 m upward and B is thrown vertically downward with the same
(c) 400 m (d) 100 m speed. The ball A hits the ground with a speed A and the
Vertical Motion (Free Fall) ball B hits the ground with a speed B. We have

13. A stone falls from a balloon that is descending at a uniform (a) A > B (b) A < B
rate of 12 m / s . The displacement of the stone from the (c) A = B
point of release after 10 sec is (d) the relation between A and B depends on height of
the building above the ground.
(a) 490m (b) 510m
(c) 610m (d) 725m 21. An object is thrown in vertical upward direction . During its
rising
14. Time taken by an object falling from rest to cover the height of
h1 and h 2 is respectively t1 and t2 then the ratio of t1 to t2 is (a) its velocity is downward and acceleration is in upward
direction
(a) h1 : h2 (b) h1 : h 2 (b) both velocity and acceleration are in upward direction
(c) h1 : 2h2 (d) 2h1 : h2 (c) both velocity and acceleration are in downward
direction
15. The acceleration due to gravity on the planet A is 9
times the acceleration due to gravity on planet B. A (d) velocity is in upward direction and acceleration is in
man jumps to a height of 2m on the surface of A. What is the downward direction
height of jump by the same person on the planet B 22. As a rocket is accelerating vertically upwards at 9.8 m/s
2

(a) 18m (b) 6m near the earth’s surface, it releases a projectile. Immediately
2
(c) 2m/3 (d) 2m/9 after release, the acceleration (in m/s ) of the projectile, is
2
16. A body, thrown upwards with some velocity reaches (Take g = 9.8 m/s )
the maximum height of 50 m. Another body with (a) zero (b) 9.8 m/s up
2
double the mass thrown up with double the initial 2 2
velocity will reach a maximum height of (c) 9.8 m/s down (d) 19.6 m/s up
(a) 100 m (b) 200 m 23. A body falls freely from rest. It covers as much distance in
(c) 300 m (d) 400 m the last second of its motion as covered in the first three
17. From the top of a tower two stones, whose masses are in seconds. The body has fallen for a time of
the ratio 1 : 2 are thrown one straight up with an initial (a) 3 s (b) 5 s
speed u and the second straight down with the same speed
(c) 7 s (d) 9 s
u. Then, neglecting air resistance
(a) The heavier stone hits the ground with a higher speed 24. A balloon starts rising from the ground with an acceleration
(b) The lighter stone hits the ground with a higher speed of 1.25 m/s2 after 8s, a stone is released from the balloon.
(c) Both the stones will have the same speed when they The stone will (g = 10 m/s2)
hit the ground. (a) Reach the ground in 4 second
(d) The speed can’t be determined with the given data. (b) Begin to move down after being released
18. When a ball is thrown up vertically with velocity Vo , it (c) Have a displacement of 50 m
reaches a maximum height of ‘h’. If one wishes to triple the
maximum height then the ball should be thrown with velocity (d) Cover a distance of 40 m in reaching the ground
25. A stone is released from a high flying balloon that is desending
(a) 3V0 (b) 3V0
at a constant speed of 10 m/s. After 20 s of dropping,
2
(c) 9V0 (d) 3/2V0 the velocity of the stone would be [Take g = 10 m/s ]
19. A stone is released from an elevator going up with an (a) 190 m/s down (b) 210 m/s down
acceleration a. The acceleration of the stone after the
release is (c) 10 m/s down (d) 25 m/s up
KINEMATICS 104

26. A particle is dropped under gravity from rest from a height Calculus Based Problem
2
h(g  9 . 8 m / sec ) and it travels a distance 9h/25 in the 31. A drag racing car starts from rest at t = 0 and moves along
2
a straight line with velocity given by v = bt , where b is a
last second, the height h is
constant. The expression for the distance travelled by the
(a) 100 m (b) 122.5 m car from its position at t = 0, is
(c) 145 m (d) 167.5 m
3 bt 2
27. A body A is projected upwards with a velocity of 98 m/s. The (a) bt (b)
3
second body B is projected upwards with the same initial
velocity but after 4 sec. Both the bodies will meet after bt 3
(c) (d) 2 bt
(a) 6 sec (b) 8 sec 3
(c) 10 sec (d) 12 sec 32. A particle moves along a straight line such that its
28. A particle is dropped vertically from rest from a height. displacement at any time t is give by :
The time taken by it to fall through successive distances s = (t3 – 3t2 + 2) m.
of 1 m each will then be The displacement when the acceleration becomes zero is :
(a) 0 m (b) 2m
(a) All equal, being equal to 2 / g second
(c) 3 m (d) – 2m
(b) In the ratio of the square roots of the integers 1, 2, 3.... 33. The displacement of a particle after time t is given by x =
(c) In the ratio of the difference in the square roots of the (k/b 2) (1 – e–bt), where b is a constant. What is the
acceleration of the particle ?
integers i.e. 1, ( 2  1), ( 3  2 ), ( 4  3 )...
(a) ke–bt (b) –ke–bt
(d) In the ratio of the reciprocal of the square roots of the
k –k
(c) e – bt (d) e – bt
integers i.e.,. 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 b2
2
b
1 2 3 4 34. The velocity v and displacement r of a body are related as
29. A stone is thrown vertically upward with an initial velocity v2 = kr, where k is a constant. What will be the velocity after
v0. The distance travelled in time 4v0/3g is 1 seconds ? (Given that the displacement is zero at t = 0)

(a) kr (b) kr3/2

2v 02 v 02
(a) (b) k 0
g 2g (c) r (d) Data is not sufficient
2

4v 02 5v 02 35. The velocity of a particle moving along x–axis is given as

(c) (d) v = x2 – 5x + 4 (in m/s) where x denotes the x–coordinate of
3g 9g
the particle in metres. Find the magnitude of acceleration
of the particle when the velocity of particle is zero ?
30. A parachutist jumps out of a plane. He falls freely for
(a) 0 m/s2 (b) 2 m/s2
sometime, and then opens his parachute. Shortly after his
parachute inflates, the parachutist (c) 3 m/s2 (d) none of these

(a) keeps falling but quickly slows down 36. Four particle are moving along X–axis. Their coordinates
(in metres) as function of time (in seconds) are given by
(b) momentarily stops, then starts falling again, but more 3
x1 (t) = 3.5 – 2.7 t
slowly 3
x2 (t) = 3.5 + 2.7 t
(c) suddenly shoots upwards, and then starts falling again 2
x3 (t) = 3.5 – 2.7 t
but more slowly 2
x4 (t) = 3.4 – 2.4 t – 2.7 t
(d) suddenly shoots upward, and then starts falling again,
Which of these particles is/are speeding up for t > 0 ?
eventually acquiring the same speed as before the
parachute opened (a) All the four (b) only 1
(c) only 2 and 3 (d) 2, 3 and 4 only
105 KINEMATICS

37. A particle is moving along X–axis whose acceleration is 41. Two particles A and B are moving along straight line, whose
given by a = 3x – 4, where x is the location of the particle. position–time graph is a shown in the figure below.
At t = 0, the particle is at rest at x = 4/3. The distance Determine the instant (aaprox) when both are moving with
travelled by the particle in 5 s is the same velocity.
(a) zero (b)  42 m
(c) infinite (d) none of these x

Graphs B
A
38. The displacement–time graph of a moving particle is shown
in figure. The instantaneous velocity of the particle is
negative at the point : t (s)
5 10 15 20

(a) 17 s (b) 12 s
(c) 6 s (d) no where
42. A particle starts from rest. Its acceleration (a) versus time
(t) is as shown in the figure. The maximum speed of the
particle will be
(a) D (b) F
a
(c) C (d) E
10 m/s2
39. Look at the graphs (a) to (d) carefully and indicate which
of these possible represents one dimensional motion of a
particle ?
t (s)
11

(a) 110 m/s (b) 55 m/s

(a) (b) (c) 550 m/s (d) 660 m/s
43. A body starts from rest moves along a straight line with
constant acceleration. The variation of speed v with
distance s is given by graph

(c) (d) V V

(a) (b)
40. A lift is going up from the ground. The variation in the O s O s
speed of the lift is as given in the graph. What is the
height to which the lift takes the passengers.
V V
Velocity (m/sec)

(c) (d)
O s O s
3.6
44. An object moving along a straight line has a constant
2
acceleration of 4 m/s . The position–time graph for this
object has a slope that
2 10 12
Time (sec) (a) is constant
(a) 3.6 m (b) 28.8 m (b) decreases with time

(c) 36.0 m (c) increases with time

(d) Cannot be calculated from the graph (d) first increases and then decreases with time
KINEMATICS 106

45. For 3 particles A, B and C moving along x–axis, x–t graph v

is as shown below. 2

x
Q 1 3

s
A
P
B At which of the points marked, the object speeding up ?
C
t (a) 1 (b) 2

Mark out the correct relationships between their average (c) 1 and 3 (d) 1, 2 and 3
velocities between the points P and Q. Approach and Separation Velocity
(a) av, A   av, B  av, C (b) av, A   av, B  av, C 49. A car travelling at constant speed of 20 m/s overtakes
another car which is moving at constant acceleration of 2
2
(c) av, A   av, B  av, C (d)  av, A  av, B   av, C m/s and it is initially at rest. Assume the length of each
car to be 5 m. The total road distance used in overtaking is
46. The acceleration of an object, starting from rest and moving
along a straight line is as shown in the figure below. (a) 394.74 m (b) 15.26 m

a (c) 200.00 m (d) 186.04 m

5
MOTION IN TWO DIMENSION
4 5
t(s)
1 3 Equation of Trajectory
–5 50. There are two values of time for which a projectile is at
the same height. The sum of these two times is equal to
Other than at t = 0, when is the velocity of the object equal (a) 3T/2 (b) 4T/3
to zero ? (c) 3T/4 (d) T
(a) At t = 3.5 s (b) During interval from 1s to 3s (T = time of flight of the projectile)
(c) At t = 5 s (d) At no other time on this graph 51. The trajectory of a projectile in a vertical plane is y = ax – bx2,
47. An elevator is moving upwards with constant acceleration. where a and b are constants and x and y are respectively
The broken curve shows the position y of the ceiling of horizontal and vertical distance of the projectile from the
the elevator as a function of time t. A bolt breaks loose and point of projection. The maximum height attained by the
drops from the ceiling. particle and the angle of projection from the horizontal are

y b2 a2
A (a) , tan 1  b  (b) , tan 1  2a 
2a b

a2 2a 2
B (c) , tan 1  a  (d) , tan 1  a 
4b b
C
D 52. A particle moves in the X-Y plane according to the law
t
x = kt and y =kt (1 – t), where k and  are positive
Which curve best represents the position of the bolt as a constants and t is time. What is the equation of trajectory
function of time ? of the particle
(a) A (b) B
x 2
(a) y = kx (b) y  x 
(c) C (d) D k
48. The velocity–displacement curve for an object moving
x 2
along a straight line is shown in the figure below. (c) y  (d) y  x
k
107 KINEMATICS

3 2
58. In projectile motion, the modulus of rate of change of speed
53. The equation of motion of a projectile is y  12 x  x .
(a) is constant
4
–2
Given that g =10 ms , what is the range of the projectile (b) first increases then decreases
(a) 12.4 m (b) 16 m (c) first decreases then increases

(c) 30.6 m (d) 36.0 m (d) none of these

59. Two particles A and B are projected simultaneously from
54. A ball is dropped from the top of a tower in a high speed
a point situated on a horizontal plane. The paritcle A is
wind. The wind exerts a steady force on the ball. The path projected vertically up with a velocity vA while the particle
followed by the ball will be B is projected up at an angle of 30o with horizontal with a
(a) Parabola (b) Circular arc velocity vB. After 5 sec the particles were observed moving
mutually perpenducular to each other. The velocity of
(c) Elliptical arc (d) Straight line projection of the particle vA and vB respectively are
General Projectile (a) 50 ms–1, 100 m/s
55. A particle is projected from the ground with an initial (b) 100 ms–1, 50 ms–1
speed of v at an angle  with horizontal. The average (c) vA > 25 m/s and vA  50 m/s
velocity of the particle between its point of projection (d) none of these
and highest point of trajectory is 60. A projectile is fired at an angle of 30o to the horizontal
such that the vertical component of its initial velocity is
v v 80 m/s. Its time of flight is T. Its velocity at t = T/4 has a
(a) 1  2 cos 2  (b) 1  cos 2 
2 2 magnitude of nearly
(a) 200 m/s (b) 300 m/s
v
(c) 1  3cos 2  (d) v cos  (c) 140 m/s (d) 100 m/s
2
61. A particle A is projected vertically upwards. Another
56. A particle A is projected from the ground with an initial
particle B of same mass is projected at an angle of 45o.
velocity of 10 m/s at an angle of 60o with horizontal. From
Both reach the same height. The ratio of the initial kinetic
what height h should an another particle B be projected
energy of A to that of B is
horizontally with velocity 5 m/s so that both the particles
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1
collide in ground at point C if both are projected
simultaneously (g = 10 m/s2) (c) 1 : 2 (d) 2 :1

5 m/s 62. A body of mass m is thrown upwards at an angle  with

B
the horizontal with velocity v. While rising up the velocity
of the mass after t seconds will be
h (a) (v cos )2  (v sin )2
10 m/s
60° (b) (v cos   v sin )2  gt
A C
(a) 10 m (b) 30 m
(c) v 2  g 2 t 2  (2 vsin ) gt
(c) 15 m (d) 25 m
57. A particle is projected at an angle of 60 o above the (d) v 2  g 2 t 2  (2 v cos ) gt
horizontal with a speed of 10 m/s. After some time the
direction of its velocity makes an anlge of 30o above the 63. From the top of a tower 19.6 m high, a ball is thrown
horizontal. The speed of the particle at this instant is horizontally. If the line joining the point of projection to
the point where it hits the ground makes an angle of 45o
5
(a) m/s (b) 5 3 m / s with the horizontal, then the initial velocity of the ball is
3
(a) 9.8 ms–1 (b) 4.9 ms–1
10
(c) 5 m/s (d) m/s (c) 14.7 ms–1 (d) 2.8 ms–1
3
KINEMATICS 108

64. A particle is projected with a speed V from a point O making (a) 8.2 m (b) 9.0 m
an angle of 30o with the vertical. At the same instant, a (c) 11.6 m (d) 12.7 m
second particle is thrown vertically upwards from a point
A. The two particle reach H, the highest point on the 70. From a point on the ground at a distance 2 metres from the
foot of a vertical wall, a ball is thrown at an angle of 45o
V
parabolic path of particle simultaneously. Then ratio is which just clears the top of the wall and afterward strikes
v
the ground at a distance 4m on the other side. The height
of the wall is
V
H
2 3
30° (a) m (b) m
3 4
60° 1 4
(c) m (d) m
O A 3 3

(a) 3 2 (b) 2 3 71. Two projectiles A and B are projected with angle of
projection 30° for the projectile A and 45° for the projectile
2 3 B. If RA and RB are the horizontal ranges for the two
(c) (d)
3 2 projectiles, then
65. A projectile is thrown in the upward direction making an (a) RA = RB
angle of 60o with the horizontal direction with a velocity of (b) RA > RB
147 ms–1. Then the time after which its inclination with the
horizontal is 45o is (c) RA < RB

(a) 15 s (b) 10.98 s (d) the information is insufficient to decide the relation
of RA and RB
(c) 5.49 s (d) 2.745 s
66. From the top of a tower of height 40 m a ball is projected 72. A projectile is projected at an angle of 15° to the horizontal
upwards with a speed of 20 m/s at an angle of elevation with some speed v. If another projectile is projected with
of 30 o. Then the ratio of the total time taken by the ball the same speed, then it must be projected at what angle
to hit the ground to its time of flight (time taken to come with the horizontal so as to have the same range.
back to the same elevation) is (take g = 10 ms2)
(a) It is never possible (b) 12.5°
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 3 : 1
(c) 75° (d) 65°
(c) 3 : 2 (d) 4 : 1
67. Three identical balls are thrown with same speed at angles 73. A fielder in a cricket match throws a ball from the boundary
of 15o, 45o and 75o with the horizontal respectively. The line to the wicket keeper. The ball describes a parabolic
ratio of their distances from the point of projection to the path. Which of the following quantities remains constant
where they hit the ground will be during the ball’s motion in air ? (neglect air resistance)

(a) 1: 2 :1 (b) 1 : 2 : 1 (a) its kinetic energy

(c) 2 : 4 : 3 (d) 1: 2 : 3 (b) its speed

68. A projectile is thrown at an angle of 40o with the horizontal (c) the horizontal component of its velocity
and its range is R1. Another projectile is thrown at an (d) the vertical component of its velocity
angle 40o with the vertical and its range is R2. What is the
relation between R1 and R2 74. The height y and the distance x along the horizontal plane of
(a) R1 = R2 (b) R1 = 2 R2 a projectile on a certain planet (with no surrounding

(c) R2 = 2 R1 (d) R1 = 4 R2/5 atmosphere) aregiven by y = (8t – 5t2) metre and x = 6t metre
where t is in seconds. The velocity of projection is
69. A cricketer hits a ball with a velocity 25 m/s at 60o above
the horizontal. How far above the ground it passes over a (a) 8 m/sec (b) 6 m/sec
fielder 50 m from the bat (assume the ball is struck very
close to the ground) (c) 10 m/sec (d) not obtained from the data
109 KINEMATICS

75. A body is projected horizontally with speed 20 m/s from on the ground near the target
top of a tower. What will be its speed nearly after 5 sec ?
(c) on a parabolic path as seen by an observer on the
Take g = 10 m/s2
ground near the target
(a) 54 m/s (b) 20 m/s
(d) on a zig-zag path as seen by pilot in the plane
(c) 50 m/s (d) 70 m/s
81. Three particles A, B and C are thrown from the top of a
76. In the above question, what will be the displacement of tower 100 m in height with the same speed 10 m/s. A is
the body
thrown straight up, B is thrown straight down and C is
(a) 100 m (b) 125 m thrown horizontally. They hit the ground with the speeds
(c) 160 m (d) 225 m vA, vB and vC respectively. Then
77. A body is projected at an angle of 30° to the horizontal
(a) vA > vB = vC (b) vB > vC > vA
with speed 30 m/s. What is the angle with the horizontal
after 1.5 seconds ? Take g = 10 m/s2. (c) vA = vB = vC (d) vA = vB > vC
(a) 0° (b) 30° 82. A body is thrown horizontally with a velocity 2gh from
(c) 60° (d) 90° the top of a tower of height h. It strikes the level ground
78. From certain height, two bodies are projected horizontally through the foot of the tower at a distance x from the tower.
with velocities 10 m/s and 20 m/s. They hit the ground in The value of x is
t1 and t2 seconds. Then (a) h (b) h/2
(a) t1 = t2 (b) t1 = 2 t2 (c) 2h (d) 2h/3
83. Consider a boy on a trolley who throws a ball with speed
(c) t2 = 2 t1 (d) t1  2 t 2
20 m/s at an angle 37° with respect to trolley in direction of
79. A body is projected with velocity v1 from the point A as motion of trolley which moves horizontally with speed 10
shown in figure. At the same time, another body is m/s then what will be maximum distance travelled by ball
parallel to road :
projected vertically upwards from B with velocity v2. The
point B lies vertically below the highest point. For both (a) 20.2 m (b) 12 m

v2 (c) 31.2 m (d) 62.4 m

the bodies to collide, v should be 84. Two men A and B, A standing on the extended floor nearby
1
a building and B is standing on the roof of the building.
Both throw a stone each towards each other. Then which
of the following will be correct.
(a) stone will hit A, but not B
(b) stone will hit B, but not A
(c) stone will not hit either of them, but will collide with
each other
(a) 2 (b) 0.5
(d) none of these
(c) 3/ 2 (d) 1 85. A particle is projected from a point (0, 1) on Y–axis (assume
80. An aeroplane is flying at a constant horizontal velocity + Y direction vertically upwards) aiming towards a point
of 600 km/h at an elevation of 6 km towards a point directly (4, 9). It fell on ground along x axis in 1 sec.
above the target on the earth’s surface. At an appropriate Taking g = 10 m/s2 and all coordinate in metres. Find the X–
time, the pilot released a ball so that it strikes the target coordinate where it fell.
on the earth. The ball will appear to be falling (a) (3, 0) (b) (4, 0)
(a) on a parabolic path as seen by pilot in the plane
(b) vertically along a straight path as seen by an observer (c) (2, 0) 
(d) 2 5, 0 
KINEMATICS 110

86. A stone is projected from a horizontal plane. It attains 90. A ball is projected horizontally with a speed v from the top
maximum height ‘H’ and strikes a stationary smooth wall of a plane inclined at an angle 45° with the horizontal. How
and falls on the ground vertically below the maximum far from the point of projection will the ball strike the plane ?
height. Assume the collision to be elastic, the height of the
point on the wall where ball will strike is v2 v2
(a) (b) 2
g g

2 v2  2 v2 
(c) (d) 2  
g  g 
H h
General 2-D Motion
91. Position vector of a particle moving in xy plane at time

t is r  a 1  cos  t  ˆi  a sin  t ˆj. the path of the
(a) H/2 (b) H/4
particle is
(c) 3H/4 (d) None of these
(a) a circle of radius a and centre at (a, 0)
87. The position vector of a particle is given as (b) a circle of radius a and centre at (0, 0)
 (c) an ellipse
r  t 2  4t  6 ˆi  t 2 ˆj. The time after which the
   
(d) neither a circle nor an ellipse
velocity vector and acceleration vector becomes
92. A particle moves in xy plane. The position vector of
perpendicular to each other is equal to 
(a) 1 sec (b) 2 sec
  
particle at any time t is r   2t  ˆi  2t 2 ˆj m. The rate
of change of  at time t = 2 second. (where  is the angle
(c) 1.5 sec (d) not possible which its velocity vector makes with positive x-axis) is
Inclined Projectile 2 1
(a) rad / s (b) rad / s
88. A particle is projected up an inclined plane with initial 17 14
speed v = 20 m/s at an angle   30o with plane. The 4 6
(c) rad / s (d) rad / s
component of its velocity perpendicular to plane when it 7 5
strike the plane is 93. A vector having magnitude 30 unit makes equal angles
with each of X, Y and Z axes. The components of vector
(a) 10 3 m / s (b) 10 m/s
along each of X, Y and Z axes are :

(c) 5 3 m / s (d) data is insufficient 10

(a) 10 3 unit (b) unit
3
89. A particle P is projected from a point on the surface of
smooth inclined plane (see figure). Simultaneously another (c) 15 3 unit (d) 10 unit
particle Q is released on the smooth inclined plane from the
same position. P and Q collide on the inclined plane after t = 94. A particle has an initial velocity of 3iˆ  4 ˆj and an
4 second. The speed of projection of P is : acceleration of 0.4 ˆi  0.3 ˆj . Its speed after 10 s is :
(a) 10 unit (b) 7 unit
P
Q
(c) 7 2 unit (d) 8.5 unit
95. Velocity and acceleration of a particle initial are
 
60°
   
v  3iˆ  4 ˆj m/s and a   6 ˆi  8 ˆj m/s2 respectively..
Initially particle is at origin. Maximum x–coordinate of
particle will be :
(a) 5 m/s (b) 10 m/s (a) 1.5 m (b) 0.75 m
(c) 15 m/s (d) 20 m/s (c) 2.25 m (d) 4.0 m
111 KINEMATICS
  101. A river is flowing from West to East at a speed of 5 metres
96. Let v and a denote the velocity and acceleration
per minute. A man on the south bank of the river, capable
respectively of a particle in one dimensional motion the
speed of the particle : of swimming at 10 metres per minute in still water, wants
  to swim across the river in shortest time. He should swim
(a) decreases when v . a  0 in a direction
  (a) due North (b) 30° East of North
(b) increases when v . a  0
  (c) 30° West of North (d) 60° East of North
(c) increases when v . a  0
Rain man and River boat problem
 
(d) decreases when | v |  | a |
102. A river is flowing from west to east at a speed of 8 m/min. A
Relative Motion (Introduction) man on the south bank of the river, capable of swimming at
97. A person walks up a stationary escalator in time t1. It he 20 m/min in still water, wants to swim across the river in the
remains stationary on the escalator, then it can take him shortest time. He should swim in a direction :
up in time t2. How much time would it take him to walk up (a) due north (b) 30° east of north
the moving escalator.
(c) 30° west of north (d) 60° east of north
t1  t 2 103. The rowing speed of a man relative to water is 5 km/h and
(a) (b) t1  t 2
2 the speed of water flow is 3 km/h. At what angle to the river
flow should he head if he wants to reach a point on the
t1 t 2
(c) t  t (d) t1  t 2 other bank, directly opposite to starting point :
1 2
(a) 127° (b) 143°
98. A horizontal wind is blowing with a velocity v towards (c) 120° (d) 150°
north-east. A man starts running towards north with
Approach and Separation Velocity
acceleration a. The time after which man will feel the wind
blowing towards east is : 104. Two cars are moving in the same direction with the same
speed of 30 km/h. They are separated by 5 km. What is the
v 2v speed of the car moving in the opposite direction if it
(a) (b)
a a meets the two cars at an interval of 4 minutes ?

v (a) 15 km/h (b) 30 km/h

2v
(c) (d) a (c) 45 km/h (d) 60 km/h
2a
105. A passenger is at a distance of x from a bus when the bus
99. Two trains are each 50 m long moving parallel towards
begins to move with constant acceleration a. What is the
each other at speeds 10 m/s and 15 m/s respectively, at
minimum velocity with which the passenger should run
what time will they pass each other ?
towards the bus so as to reach it ?
(a) 8 s (b) 4 s
(c) 2 s (d) 6 s (a) 2 ax (b) 2 ax
100. On a calm day a boat can go across a lake and return in time
T0 at a speed V. On a rough day there is uniform current at (c) ax (a) ax
speed v to help the onward journey and impede the return
journey. If the time taken to go across and return on the Multiple Answer Questions
rough day be T, then T/T0 is : 106. A particle is projected vertically upwards with a velocity u
 2
1 from a point O. When it returns to the point of projection :
(a) 1  (b)
V2 2 (a) its average velocity is zero
1 2
V (b) its displacement is zero
2 1
(c) 1 
 (d) (c) its average speed is u/2
V2 2 (d) its average speed is u.
1 2
V
KINEMATICS 112

107. Pick the correct statements : (a) In the motion between O and A the velocity is positive
(a) Average speed of a particle in a given time is never and acceleration is negative
less than the magnitude of the average velocity. (b) Between A and B the velocity and acceleration are

d positive
(b) It is possible to have a situation in which 0
dt (c) Between B and C the velocity is negative and
d  acceleration is positive
but  0
dt (d) Between D and E the acceleration is positive
(c) The average velocity of a particle is zero in a time 111. Which of the following statements about distance are true
interval. It is possible that the instantaneous velocity (a) It cannot be negative
is never zero in the interval.
(b) It cannot be zero
(d) The average velocity of a particle moving on a straight
(c) It can never be lesser than magnitude of displacement
line is zero in a time interval. It is possible that the
instantaneous velocity is never zero in the interval. (d) It can never decrease with time
(Infinite acceleration are not allowed) 112. If the displacement of a particle varies with time as x =
108. Which of the following statements are true for a moving t + 7, the
body ? (a) velocity of the particle is inversely proportional to t
(a) if its speed changes, its velocity must change and it (b) velocity of particle varies linearly with t
must have some acceleration
(c) velocity of particle is proportional to t
(b) if its velocity changes, its speed must change and it
must have some acceleration (d) the particle moves with a constant acceleration

(c) if its velocity changes, its speed may or may not 113. An observer moves with a constant speed along the line
change, and it must have some acceleration joining two stationary objects. He will observe that the
two objects.
(d) if its speed changes but direction of motion does not
change, its velocity may remain constant. (a) have the same speed

109. If velocity of the particle is given by v  x , where x (b) have the same velocity
denotes the position of the particle and initially particle (c) move in the same direction
was at x = 4, then which of the following are correct. (d) move in opposite direction
(a) at t = 2 sec, the position of the particle is at x = 9 114. The displacement (x) of a particle depends on time (t) as x
(b) Particle acceleration at t = 2 sec. is 1 m/s2. = t2 –  t3
(c) Particle acceleration is 1/2 m/s2 throughout the motion. (a) The particle will return to its starting point after 
(d) Particle will never go in negative direction from it’s (b) The particle will come to rest after time 
starting position.
(c) The initial velocity of the particle was zero but its initial
110. A particle has a rectilinear motion and the figure gives its
acceleration was not zero
displacement as a function of time. Which of the following
statements are true with respect to the motion. (d) No net force will act on the particle at t = 
115. A particle moves with an initial velocity v0 and retardation
v, where v is its velocity at any time t.
A
(a) The particle will cover a total distance v0/
B E (b) The particle will come a rest after time 1/
0
(c) The particle will continue to move for a very long time
C D (d) The velocity of the particle will become v0/after time 1/
113 KINEMATICS

Multiple Answer Questions (a) the particles will collide the plane with same speed

116. A particle is projected at an angle  from ground with speed (b) the times of flight of each particle are same
u (g = 10 m/s2) (c) both particles strike the plane perpendicularly
(a) if u = 10 m/s and  = 30°, then time of flight will be 1 sec. (d) the particles will collide in mid air if projected
simultaneously and time of flight of each particle is
(b) if u = 10 3 m/s and  = 60°, then time of flight will be less than the time of collision.
3 sec.
120. A particle moving along a straight line with uniform
(c) if u = 10 3 m/s and  = 60°, then after 2 sec velocity acceleration has velocities 7 m/s at P and 17 m/s at Q. R is
the mid point of PQ. Then
becomes perpendicular to initial velocity.
(a) the average velocity between R and Q is 15 m/s
(d) if u = 10 m/s and  = 30°, then velocity never becomes
(b) the ratio of time to go from P to R and that from R to Q
perpendicular to initial velocity during its flight.
is 3 : 2
117. A particle leaves the origin with an initial velocity (c) the velocity at R is 10 m/s

 
u  3iˆ m/s and a constant acceleration (d) the average velocity between P and R is 10 m/s.

 121. Choose the correct alternative(s)


a   1.0 ˆi  0.5 ˆj m/s2. Its velocity v and position (a) If the greatest height to which a man can throw a
 stone is h, then the greatest horizontal distance upto
vector r when it reaches its maximum x-co-ordinate are
which he can throw the stone is 2h
 
(a) v  2jˆ  
(b) v  1.5jˆ m / s (b) The angle of projection for a projectile motion whose
range R is n times the maximum height H is tan–1 (4/n)
  (c) The time of flight T and the horizontal range R of a

(c) r  4.5iˆ  2.25jˆ m   
(d) r  3iˆ  2ˆj m
projectile are connected by the equation gT2 = 2R tan
 where  is the angle of projection
118. In a projectile motion let tOA = t1 and tAB = t2. the horizontal
displacement from O to A is R1 and from A to B is R2. (d) A ball is thrown vertically up. Another ball is thrown
at an angle  with the vertical. Both of them remain in
Maximum height is H and time of flight is T. If air drag is to
air for the same period of time. Then the ratio of
be considered, then choose the correct alternative (s)
heights attained by the two balls is 1 : 1.
y 122. Two particles A and B are located in x-y plane at points
A (0, 0) and (0, 4 m). They simultaneously start moving with
velocities.
H
B  
x vA  2jˆ m/s and vB  2iˆ m/s. Select the correct
O
R1 R2 alternative(s)
(a) the distance between them is constant
(a) t1 will decrease while t2 will increase
(b) the distance between them first decreases and then
(b) H will increase
increases
(c) R1 will decrease while R2 will increase
(c) the shortest distance between them is 2 2 m
(d) T may increase or decrease
119. From an inclined plane two particles are projected with (d) time after which they are at minimum distance is 1 s
same speed at same angle , one up and other down the 123. The co-ordinate of the particle in x-y plane are given as
plane as shown in figure. Which of the following x = 2 + 2t + 4t2 and y = 4t + 8t2
statement(s) is/are correct ?
The motion of the particle is
(a) along a straight line
(b) uniformly accelerated
(c) along a parabolic path
(d) nonuniformly accelerated
KINEMATICS 114

 Reason : From position–time graph the only sign of

124. River is flowing with a velocity vR  4iˆ m/s. A boat is
acceleration can be determined but no information can be

 
moving with a velocity of v BR  2iˆ  4ˆj m/s relative to concluded about the magnitude of acceleration.
river. The width of the river is 100 m along y-direction. (a) A (b) B (c) C
Choose the correct alternative(s) (d) D (e) E
(a) the boatman will cross the river in 25 s
129. Assertion : For a particle moving along a straight line or
(b) absolute velocity of boatman is 2 5 m/s in a plane, the average velocity vector over a time interval
(c) drift of the boatman along the river current is 50 m can be equal to instantaneous velocity at the end of the
interval, even if velocity of particle is not constant.
(d) the boatman can never cross the river.   
r2  r1 d r
Assertion Reason Reason : 
t 2  t1 d t
(A) If both ASSERTION and REASON are true and reason
(a) A (b) B (c) C
is the correct explanation of the assertion.
(d) D (e) E
(B) If both ASSERTION and REASON are true but reason is
not the correct explanation of the assertion. 130. Assertion : Two stones are simultaneously projected from
level ground from same point with same speeds but different
(C) If ASSERTION is true but REASON is false.
angles with horizontal. Both stones move in same vertical
(D) If ASSERTION is false but REASON is true. plane. Then the two stones may collide in mid air.
(E) If both ASSERTION and REASON are false. Reason : For two stones projected simultaneously from
same point with same speed at different angles with
125. Assertion : Magnitude of average velocity is equal to
horizontal, their trajectories may intersect at some point.
average speed.
Reason : Magnitude of instantaneous velocity is equal (a) A (b) B (c) C
to instantaneous speed. (d) D (e) E
(a) A (b) B (c) C 131. Assertion : In a plane to plane projectile motion, the angle
between instantaneous velocity vector and acceleration
(d) D (e) E vector can be anything between 0 to  (excluding the
126. Assertion : When velocity of a particle is zero then limiting case).
acceleration of a particle is also zero. Reason : In plane to plane projectile motion, acceleration
Reason : Acceleration is equal to rate of change of vector is always pointing vertical downwards. (Neglect
velocity. air friction).

(a) A (b) B (c) C (a) A (b) B (c) C

(d) D (e) E (d) D (e) E

132. Assertion : Two particles of different mass, projected with
127. Assertion : A particle moves in a straight line with
same velocity and angle of projection, the maximum height
constant acceleration. The average velocity of this particle
attained by both the particle will be same.
cannot be zero in any time interval.
Reason : The maximum height of projectile is independent
Reason : For a particle moving in straight line with constant
of particle mass.
acceleration, the average velocity in a time interval is
(a) A (b) B (c) C
uv
, where u and v are initial and final velocity of the (d) D (e) E
2
particle of the given time interval. 133. Assertion : When a body is dropped or thrown horizontally
from the same height, it would reach the ground at the
(a) A (b) B (c) C same time.
(d) D (e) E Reason : Horizontal velocity has no effect on the vertical
128. Assertion : Plotting the acceleration–time graph from a direction.
given position–time graph of a particle moving along a (a) A (b) B (c) C
straight line is possible. (d) D (e) E
115 KINEMATICS

134. Assertion : In order to hit a target, a man should point his 136. The displacement time graph will be best represented by :
rifle in the same direction as target.
x(m)
Reason : The horizontal range of the bullet is independent
of the angle of projection with horizontal.
(a) A (b) B (c) C (a) (b)
(d) D (e) E t(s)
10 20 30 60 70

Passage
Using the following comprehension, solve Q. 135 to Q. 138 x(m) x(m)

PASSAGE - 1
A car is moving on a straight road. The velocity of the car
(c) (d)
varies with time as shown in the figure. Initially (at t = 0),
(s) t(s)
the car was at x = 0, where, x is the position of the car at any 10 20 30 60 70 10 20 30 60 70

time ‘t’.
137. The maximum displacement from the starting position will
8 be :
v (m/sec.)

4 (a) 200 m (b) 250 m

60 70 (c) 160 m (d) 165 m
0 10 20 30 40 50 t (sec.) 138. Average speed from t = 0 to t = 70 s will be
–4
16 24
(a) m/s (b) m/s
7 7
135. The variation of acceleration (a) with time (t) will be best
20
represented by : (c) m/s (d) zero
7
a
Using the following comprehension, solve Q. 139 & 140
PASSAGE - 2
(a) Two particles A and B are moving along x–axis whose
position–time graphs are as shown in the figure below.
t
10 20 30 60 70
a x

(b) t
10 20 30 50 60 70 B

a t(s)
0 5 10 15 20

139. For the time inteval 0 to 5 s

70
(c) t (a) the particle A is speeding up while B is slowing down
10 20 30
(b) both the particles are initially speeding up and then
slowing down
a (c) both the particles are initially slowing down and then
speeding up
(d) particle A is speeding up first and then slowing down
(d) t
10 20 30 60 70 while particle B is slowing down first and then
speeding up
KINEMATICS 116

140. Mark the correct statement(s) 142. If the time taken by the ball A to fall back on ground is 4
(a) Initial velocity of A is less than that of B. seconds and that by ball B is 2 seconds. Then the time taken
by the ball C to reach the inclined plane after projection will
(b) There is exactly one instant when both the particles
be :
have the same velocity.
(c) There is no instant when both the particles have same (a) 6 sec. (b) 4 sec.
velocity. (c) 3 sec. (d) 5 sec.
(d) For time interval, 5 to 15 s average velocity of both the 143. The maximum height attained by ball ‘A’ from the ground is
particles are same.
(a) 10 m (b) 15 m

Using the following comprehension, solve Q. 141 to Q. 144 (c) 20 m

(d) insufficient information
PASSAGE - 3
We know how by neglecting the air resistance,the problems 144. The maximum height attained by ball B from ground is :
of projectile motion can be easily solved and analysed. (a) 20 m (b) 5 m
Now we consider the case of the collision of a ball with a (c) 15 m (d) none of these
wall. In this case the problem of collision can be simplified
by considering the case of elastic collision only. When a Using the following comprehension, solve Q. 145 & 146
ball collides with a wall we can divide its velocity into two
components, one perpendicular to the wall and other PASSAGE - 4
parallel to the wall. If the collision is elastic then the An aircraft moving with a speed of 250 m/s is at a height of
perpendicular component of velocity of the ball gets 6000 m, just overhead of an anti aircraft gun.
reversed with the same magnitude. 145. If the muzzle velocity is 500 m/s, the firing angle  should be
Vcos Vcos
250 m/s

v Vsin Vsin

Velocity just Components of velocity Components of velocity

before collision just before collision just after collision 6000 m

The other parallel component of velocity will remain 500 m/s

constant if wall is given smooth.
Now let us take a problem. Three balls ‘A’ and ‘B’ & ‘C’ are
projected from ground with same speed at same angle with
the horizontal. The balls A, B and C collide with the wall (a) 30° (b) 45°
during their flight in air and all three collide perpendicularly
(c) 60° (d) None of these
with the wall as shown in figure.
146. The time after which the aircraft is hit is :

(a) 20 3 s (b) 15 3 s
A C
B (c) 20 s (d) 10 3 s

141. Which of the following relation about the maximum height

Match the following
H of the three balls from the ground during their motion in
air is correct : 147. Column I gives some graphs for a particle moving along
x–axis in positive x–direction. The variables v, x and t
(a) HA = HC > HB (b) HA > HB = HC
represent speed of particle, x–coordinate of particle and
(c) HA > HC > HB (d) HA = HB = HC
117 KINEMATICS

time respectively. Column II gives certain resulting 149. A particle is projected vertically upwards with speed 20 m/s
interpretation. Match the graphs in Column I with the from top of a tower of height 20 m see the figure. Match the
statement in Column II. statements in column–I with results in column–II

Column I Column II B
v

20 m/s
A C
(a) x (p) Acceleration of
v - x graph
particle is uniform
2
D
v
Column–I Column–II
(A) ratio of maximum height from (P) 0
x ground (BD) to the initial
(b) (q) Acceleration of
v2 - x graph height from ground (AD) is
particle is nonuniform (B) ratio of distance travelled in (Q) 1
v 1st second to the distance
travelled in 2nd second is.
(C) ratio of initial speed at A to (R) 2
the final on ground (D) is
(c) t (r) Acceleration of
v - t graph greater than
particle is directly (D) ratio of time taken from A to C (S) 3
proportional to ‘t’ and time taken from A to B is
v
150. A ball is projected from the ground with velocity v such
that its range is maximum.
Column–I Column–II
2
(d) t (s) Acceleration of (A) Velocity at half of the (P) 3 v/2
v - t2 graph
maximum height
particle is directly
v
proportional to ‘x’. (B) Velocity at the maximum (Q)
2
148. The equation of motion of the particle is described in
height
column I. At t = 0, particle is at origin and at rest. Match
(C) Change in its velocity when (R) v 2
the column I with the statements in column II.
it return to the ground
Column I Column II
v 5
2
(a) x = (3t + 2t) m (p) velocity of particle at (D) Average velocity when it (S)
2 2
t = 1 s is 8 m/s reaches the maximum
(b) v = 8t m/s (q) particle moves with height

uniform acceleration Integer Type Questions

(c) a = 16 t (r) particle moves with
151. A particle of mass m = 2 kg is projected along X–axis with
variable acceleration velocity V0 = 5 ms–1. It is acted on by a variable force
(d) v = 6t – 3t2 (s) particle will change acting along Y–axis as shown in figure. What is the
–1
its direction some time. magnitude of its velocity at 2 seconds ? (in ms )
KINEMATICS 118

Y 155. A swimmer jumps from a bridge over a canal and swims 1

F0 = 5 N km upstream. After that first km, he passes a floating cork.
He continues swimming for half an hour and then turns
F around and swims back to the bridge. The swimmer and
the cork reach the bridge at the same time. The swimmer
X
1 2 3 has been swimming at a constant speed. How fast does
t (sec)
the water in the canal flow ?
152. A cat, on seeing a rat at a distance d = 5 m starts with  
–1
velocity u = 5 ms and moves with acceleration  = 2.5 m/
2
156.    
VA  x ˆi  2ˆj m/s and VB  3iˆ  2ˆj m/s find x such
s in order to catch it, while the rat with acceleration 
that, the relative speed of A with respect to B becomes 5 m/s.
starts from rest. For what value of , the cat will overtake
–2
the rat ? [in ms ] 157. A particle is projected up an inclined plane of inclination 
at an elevation  to the horizontal. Find the ratio between
153. A stone falls freely from rest and the total distance covered tan  and tan , if the particle strikes the plane horizontally.
by it in the last second of its motion is equal to the distance
covered by it in the first five seconds of its motion. For 158. A train takes 2 minutes to acquire its full speed 60kmph
how long the stone remained in air ? from rest and 1 minute to come to rest from the full speed.
If somewhere in between two stations 1 km of the track be
154. A man standing on a road has to hold his umbrella at 37°
under repair and the limited speed on this part be fixed to
with the vertical to keep the rain away. He throws the
20kmph, find the late running of the train on account of
umbrella and starts running at 12 km/h. He finds that
this repair work, assuming otherwise normal at running of
raindrops are hitting his head vertically. Find the speed (in
the train between the stations.
km/hr) of raindrops with resepect to the moving man.
119 KINEMATICS

EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEAR IIT QUESTIONS

Single Answer Questions 5. A particle P is sliding down a frictionless hemispherical bowl.
It passes the point A at t = 0. At this instant of time, the
1. In the arrangement shown in the figure the ends P and Q
horizontal component of its velocity is v. A bead Q of the
of an unstretchable string move downwards with uniform
same masse as P is ejected from A at t = 0 along the horizontal
speed U. Pulley A and B are fixed.
string AB, with the speed v. Friction between the bead and
Mass M moves upwards with a speed (1982) the string may be neglected. Let tP and tQ be the respective
times taken by P and Q to reach the point B. Then (1993)

(a) tP < tQ (b) tP = tQ

tP length of arc ACB

(a) 2U cos  (b) U/cos  (c) tP > tQ (d) t  length of chord AB
Q
(c) 2U/cos  (d) U cos 
6. In 1.0 s, a particle goes from point A to point B, moving in
2. A particle is moving eastwards with a velocity of 5 m/s. In
a semicircle (see figure). The magnitude of the average
10 s the velocity changes to 5 m/s northwards. The average
velocity is (1999)
acceleration in this time is (1982)
A
(a) zero

1
(b) m/s2 towards north-east
2

1 B
(c) m/s2 towards north-west
2 (a) 3.14 m/s (b) 2.0 m/s
(c) 1.0 m/s (d) zero
1
(d) m/s2 toward north 7. A ball is dropped vertically from a height d above the
2
ground. It hits the ground and bounces up vertically to a
3. A river is flowing from west to east at a speed of 5 metre per height d/2. Neglecting subsequent motion and air
minute. A man on the south bank of the river, capable of resistance, its velocity v varies with height h above the
swimming at 10 metre per minute in still water, wants to ground as (2000)
swim across the river in the shortest time. He should swim V
V
in a direction (1983)
d
(a) due north (b) 30° east of north h
(a) (b)
(c) 30° west of north (d) 60° east of north
h
d
4. A boat which has a speed of 5 km/hr in still water crosses a
river of width 1 km along the shortest possible path in V V
15 minutes. The velocity of the river water in km/hr is (1988)
d d
(a) 1 (b) 3 h h
(c) (d)
(c) 4 (d) 41
 KINEMATICS 120

8. A body starts from rest at time t = 0, the acceleration time

graph is shown in the figure. The maximum velocity attained
by the body will be (2004)

10

(a) S = (1 – b2)P + bQ (b) S = (b – 1)P + bQ

11 t (sec)
(c) S = (1 – b)P + bQ (d) S = (1 – b)P + b2Q
(a) 110 m/s (b) 55 m/s Assertion and Reason
(c) 650 m/s (d) 550 m/s (a) If Statement I is true. Statement II is true; Statement II is the
9. A small block slides without friction down an inclined plane correct explanation for Statement I.
starting from rest. Let sn be the distance travelled from t = (b) If Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement II is not
a correct explanation for Statement I.
Sn
n – 1 to t = n. Then is (2004) (c) If Statement I is true; Statement II is false.
Sn  1
(d) If Statement I is false; Statement II is true.
2n 1 2n  1 13. Statement–I : For an observer looking out through the
(a) (b)
2n 2n  1 window of a fast moving train, the nearby objects appear to
2n  1 2n move in the opposite direction to the train, while the distant
(c) (d) objects appear to be stationary.
2n  1 2n  1
Statement–II : If the observer and the object are moving at
10. The velocity displacement graph of a particle moving along  
velocities v1 and v2 respectively with reference to a
a straight line is shown in figure. The most suitable
laboratory frame, the velocity of the object with respect to
acceleration-displacement graph will be (2005)  
the observer is v 2  v1 . (2008)
v
v0 (a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
Multiple Answer Question
x 14. A particle of mass m moves on the x–axis as follows : it
x0
starts from rest at t = 0 from the point x = 0, and comes to rest
a a
x at t = 1 at the point x = 1. No other information is available
about its motion at intermediate times (0 < t < 1). If  denotes
(a) (b) the instantaneous acceleration of the particle, then(1993)
(a)  cannot remain positive for all t in the interval 0 < t < 1
x
a (b) || cannot exceed 2 at any point in its path
a
x x (c) || mut be > 4 at some point or points in its path
(d)  must change sign during the motion, but no other
(c) (d)
assertion can be made with the information given.
15. The coordinates of a particle moving in a plane are given by
11. A projectile is given an initial velocity of (i + 2j) m/s, where x (t) = a cos (pt) and y (t) = b sin (pt) where a, b (<a) and p are
i is a along the ground and j is along the vertical. If g = 10 m/s2, positive constants of appropriate dimensions. Then (1999)
the equation of its trajectory is (2013) (a) the path of the particle is an ellipse
2 2
(a) y = x – 5x (b) y = 2x – 5x (b) the velocity and acceleration of the particle are normal to
(c) 4y = 2x – 5x 2
(d) 4y = 2x – 25x 2 each other at t = /2p
(c) the acceleration of the particle is always directed towards
12. Three vectors P, Q and R are shown in the figure. Let S be
a focus
any point on the vector R. The distance between the points
P and S is b[R]. The general relation among vectors P, Q and (d) the distance travelled by the particle in time interval t = 0
S is: (2017) to t = /2p is a
121 KINEMATICS

Fill in the blanks Both particles travel in the same vertical plane and undergo
16. A particle moves in a circle of radius R. In half the period a collision. After the collision, P retraces its path. Determine
of revolution its displacement is ................. and distance the position Q where it hits the ground. How much time
covered is ................. . (1983) after the collision does the particle Q take to reach the
17. Four persons K, L, M, N are initially at the four corners of ground ? (Take g = 9.8 m/s2)
a square of side d. Each person now moves with a uniform 23. A body falling freely from a given height H hits an inclined
speed v in such a way that K always moves directly towards plane in its path at a height h. As a result of this impact the
L, L directly towards M, M directly towards N and N
direction of the velocity of the body becomes horizontal.
directly towards K. The four persons will meet at a time
For what value of (h/H) the body will take maximum time to
................ (1984)
reach the ground ? (1986)
18. Spotlight S rotates in a horizontal plane with constant
angular velocity of 0.1 rad/s. The spot of light P moves 24. Two towers AB and CD are situated a distance d apart as
along the wall at a distance of 3 m. The velocity of the spot shown in figure. AB is 20 m high and CD is 30 m high from
P when  = 45° (see figure) is ................. m/s (1987) the ground. An object of mass m is thrown from the top of
AB horizontally with a velocity of 10 m/s towards CD.
S
Simultaneously another object of mass 2m is thrown from
the top of CD at an angle of 60° to the horizontal towards
3m
AB with the same magnitude of initial velocity as that of
P the first object. The two objects move in the same vertical
plane, collide in mid-air and stick to each other. (1994)
19. The trajectory of a projectile in a vertical plane is y = ax –
2 (a) Calculate the distance d between the towers.
bx , where a, b are constants, and x and y are respectively
the horizontal and vertical distances of the projectile from (b) Find the position where the objects hit the ground.
the point of projection. The maximum height attained is
............. and the angle of projection from the horizontal is
............. (1997)
True/False
20. Two balls of different masses are thrown vertically
upwards with the same speed. They pass through the
point of projection in their downward motion with the same
speed (Neglect air resistance). (1983)
21. A projectile fired from the ground follows a parabolic path.
The speed of the projectile is minimum at the top of its
path. (1984) 25. Two guns situated on the top of a hill of height 10 m fire
Subjective Questions
one shot each with the same speed 5 3 m/s at some
22. Particles P and Q of mass 20 g and 40 g respectively are interval of time. One gun fires horizontally and other fires
simultaneously projected from points A and B on the
upwards at an angle of 60° with the horizontal. The shots
ground. The initial velocities of P and Q make 45° and 135° 2
collide in air at point P (g = 10 m/s ) find (1996)
angle respectively with the horizontal AB as shown in the
figure. Each particle has an initial speed of 49 m/s. The (a) the time interval between the firings and
separation AB is 245 m. (b) the coordinates of the point P. Take origin of the
coordinate system at the foot of the hill right below
the muzzle and trajectories in x-y plane.
KINEMATICS 122

26. A cart is moving along x–direction with a velocity of 4 m/s. 29. An object A is kept fixed at the point x = 3 m and y = 1.25 m
A person on the cart throws a stone with a velocity of 6 m/s on a plank P raised above the ground. At time t = 0 the
relative to himself. In the frame of reference of the cart the plank starts moving along the +x-direction with an
stone is thrown in y–z plane making an angle of 30° with acceleration 1.5 m/s2. At the same instant a stone is
vertical z–axis. At the highest point of its trajectory the projected from the origin with a velocity u as shown.
stone hits an object of equal mass hung vertically from
y
branch of a tree by means of a string of length L. A
A
completely inelastic collision occurs, in which the stone
2 1.25 m P
gets embedded in the object. Determine (g = 9.8 m/s )
(1997)
u
(a) the speed of the combined mass immediately after the
collision with respect to an observer on the ground. x
O 3.0 m
(b) the length L of the string such that tension in the
A stationary person on the ground observes the stone
string becomes zero when the string becomes horizontal
hitting the object during its downwards motion at an angle
during the subsequent motion of the combined mass.
of 45° to the horizontal. All the motion are in x–y plane.
27.
–2
A particle of mass 10 kg is moving along the positive 
2
Find u and the time after which the stone hits the object.
x-axis under the influence of a force F(x) = – k/2x where
–2 2
k = 10 Nm . At time t = 0 it is at x = 1.0 m and its velocity (Take g = 10 m/s2).
v = 0. (1998) 30. On a frictionless horizontal surface, assumed to be the x-y
plane, a small trolley A is moving along a straight line
(a) find its velocity when it reaches x = 0.5 m.
parallel to the y-axis (see figure) with a constant velocity
(b) find the time at which it reaches x = 0.25 m.
28. A large heavy box is sliding without friction down a of  
3  1 m/s. At a particular instant when the line OA

smooth plane of inclination . From a point P on the makes an angle of 45° with the x-axis, a ball is thrown
bottom of the box, a particle is projected inside the box. along the surface from the origin O. Its velocity makes an
The initial speed of the particle with respect to the box is angle  with the x-axis and it hits the trolley. (2002)
u and the direction of projection makes an angle  with y
the bottom as shown in the figure.
A

45°
x
O
(a) The motion of the ball is observed from the frame of
the trolley. Calculate the angle made by the velocity
(a) Find the distance along the bottom of the box between vector of the ball with the x-axis in this frame.
the point of projection P and the point Q where the particle
(b) Find the speed of the ball with respect to the surface,
lands (Assume that the particle does not hit any other
if = 4/3.
surface of the box. Neglect air resistance.)
31. A train is moving along a straight line with a constant
(b) If the horizontal displacement of the particle as seen
acceleration a. A boy standing in the train throws a ball
by an observer on the ground is zero, find the speed of
forward with a speed of 10 m/s, at an angle of 60° to the
the box with respect to the ground at the instant when the
horizontal. The boy has to move forward by 1.15 m inside
particle was projected.
the train to catch the ball back at the initial height. The
2
acceleration of the train, in m/s , is. (2011)
123 KINEMATICS

32. Airplanes A and B are flying with constant velocity in the from its right end relative to the rocket. The time in seconds
same vertical plane of angle 30o and 60o with respect to the when the two balls hit each other is : (2014)
horizontal respectively as shown in figure. The speed of A
is 100 3 ms–1. At time t = 0s, an observer in A finds B at a
distance of 500 m. This observer sees B moving with a
constant velocity perpendicular to the line of motion of A.
If at t=to, A just escapes being hit by B, to in seconds is :
(2014)
34. A ball is projected from the ground at an angle of 45° with
the horizontal surface. It reaches a maximum height of 120
m and returns to the ground. Upon hitting the ground for
the first time, it loses half of its kinetic energy. Immediately
after the bounce, the velocity of the ball makes an angle of
30° with the horizontal surface. The maximum height it
reaches after the bounce, it metres, is........... (2018)
35. A particle of mass 10–3 kg and charge 1.0 C, is initially at
rest. At time t = 0, the particle comes under the influence of
33. A rocket is moving in a gravity free space with a constant 
an electric field E(t)  E 0 sin t ˆi, where E0 = 1.0 NC–1
acceleration of 2ms–2 along + x direction (see figure). The
and  = 103 rad s–1. Consider the effect of only the electrical
length of a chamber inside the rocket is 4m. A ball is thrown
force on the particle. Then the maximum speed, in ms–1,
from the left end of the chamber in + x direction with a
attained by the particle at subsequent time is .................
speed of 0.3 ms–1 relative to the rocket. At the same time, (2018)
another ball is thrown in -x direction with a speed of 0.2ms–1



ANSWER KEY
EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (d)

10. (b) 11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (b)
19. (b) 20. (a) 21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (b)
28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (b) 31. (b) 32. (d) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (c) 36. (b)
37. (a) 38. (a) 39. (a) 40. (b) 41. (b) 42. (a) 43. (d) 44. (c) 45. (c)
46. (d) 47. (c) 48. (c) 49. (c) 50. (a) 51. (d) 52. (c) 53. (d) 54. (a)
55. (b) 56. (a) 57. (a) 58. (d) 59. (b) 60. (c) 61. (d) 62. (b) 63. (a)
64. (b) 65. (b) 66. (c) 67. (a) 68. (b) 69. (a) 70. (c) 71. (a) 72. (c)
73. (a) 74. (b) 75. (c) 76. (a) 77. (d) 78. (c) 79. (c) 80. (a) 81. (b)
82. (a) 83. (a) 84. (c) 85. (c) 86. (a) 87. (b) 88. (a) 89. (c) 90. (b)
91. (a) 92. (c) 93. (b) 94. (b)
 KINEMATICS 124

EXERCISE - 2 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAINS QUESTIONS

1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (c)

10. (d) 11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (b)
19. (c) 20. (b) 21. (b) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (d) 26. (b) 27. (a)
28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (d) 31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (c)
37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. (d)
EXERCISE - 3 : ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (d)
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (a) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (d) 39. (b) 40. (c)
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (c) 45. (b) 46. (d) 47. (b) 48. (a) 49. (a) 50. (d)
51. (c) 52. (b) 53. (b) 54. (d) 55. (c) 56. (c) 57. (d) 58. (c) 59. (c) 60. (c)
61. (a) 62. (c) 63. (a) 64. (c) 65. (c) 66. (a) 67. (b) 68. (a) 69. (a) 70. (d)
71. (d) 72. (c) 73. (c) 74. (c) 75. (a) 76. (c) 77. (a) 78. (a) 79. (b) 80. (c)
81. (c) 82. (c) 83. (d) 84. (c) 85. (c) 86. (c) 87. (a) 88. (b) 89. (b) 90. (d)
91. (a) 92. (a) 93. (a) 94. (c) 95. (b) 96. (a, b) 97. (c) 98. (c) 99. (b) 100. (b)
101. (a) 102. (a) 103. (a) 104. (c) 105. (a) 106. (a,b,c) 107. (a,b,c) 108. (a,c) 109. (a,c,d)
110. (a,c,d) 111. (a,c,d) 112. (b,d) 113. (a,b,c) 114. (a,b,c,d) 115. (a,c) 116. (a,b,c,d)
117. (b, c) 118. (a, d) 119. (b) 120. (a,b,d) 121. (a,b,c,d) 122. (b,c,d) 123. (a, b)
124. (a,b,c) 125. (d) 126. (d) 127. (d) 128. (d) 129. (c) 130. (c) 131. (b) 132. (a) 133. (a)
134. (e) 135. (d) 136. (b) 137. (a) 138. (b) 139. (b) 140. (c) 141. (a) 142. (c) 143. (c)
144. (c) 145. (c) 146. (d) 147. (a q,s) (bp) (cp) (d q,r) 148. (a  p, q) (b  p, q) (c  p, r) (d  r, s)
149. (A  R; B  S; C  P; D  R) 150. (A  P; B  Q; C  R; D  S) 151. 0006 152. 0005
153. 0013 154. 16 155. 1 km/h 156. 0008 157. 0002 158. 160 sec

EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (b)

9. (c) 10. (a) 11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (a, c) 15. (a, b, c) 16. 2R, R
2 –1
17. d/v 18. 0.6 19. a /4b, tan 20. True 21. True 22. Just midway between A and B, 3.53 s

23. 1/2 24. (a) Approximately 17.32 m, (b) 11.55 m from B 

25. (a) 1s, (b) 5 3 m,5m 
u 2 sin 2 u cos     
26. (a) 2.5 m/s, (b) 0.32 m 27. (a) – 1.0 m/s, (b) 1.48 s 28. (a) , (b) (down the plane)
g cos  cos 


 
29. u  3.75 ˆi  6.25 ˆj m / s, 1s 30. (a) 45°, (b) 2 m/s 31. (0005) 32. (0005) 33. (0008) 34. (30.00)

35. (0002)
Dream on !!

 03
LAWS OF MOTION
 LAWS OF MOTION 126

Laws of Motion
1. FORCE 2. BASIC FORCES
(a) A force is something which changes the state of rest or There are, basically, four forces, which are commonly
motion of a body. It causes a body to start moving if it is at encountered in mechanics.
rest or stop it, if it is in motion or deflect it from its initial (a) Weight : Weight of an object is the force with which earth
path of motion. attracts it. It is also called the force of gravity or the
(b) Force is also defined as an interaction between two bodies. gravitational force.
Two bodies can also exert force on each other even without (b) Contact Force : When two bodies come in contact they
being in physical contact, e.g., electric force between two exert forces on each other that are called contact forces.
charges, gravitational force between any two bodies of (i) Normal Force (N) : It is the component of contact
the universe. force normal to the surface. It measures how strongly
(c) Force is a vector quantity having SI unit Newton (N) and the surfaces in contact are pressed together.
dimension [MLT–2]. (ii) Frictional Force (f) : It is the component of contact
(d) Superposition of force : When many forces are acting on force parallel to the surface. It opposes the relative motion
a single body, the resultant force is obtained by using the (or attempted motion) of the two surfaces in contact.
   
laws of vector addition. F  F1  F2  ...Fn N F
  f
The resultant of the two forces F1 and F2 acting at angle
f
 is given by : F N

F  F12  F22  2F1F2 cos  (c) Tension : The force exerted by the end of a taut string,
rope or chain is called the tension. The direction of tension
The resultant force is directed at an angle  with respect is so as to pull the body while that of normal reaction is to
F2 sin  push the body.
to force F1 where tan   (d) Spring Force : Every spring resists any attempt to change
F1  F2 sin 
its length; the more you alter its length the harder it resists.
The force exerted by a spring is given by F = –kx, where x
(e) Lami’s theorem : If three forces F1, F2 and F3 are acting
is the change in length and k is the stiffness constant or
simultaneously on a body and the body is in equilibrium,
spring constant (unit Nm–1).
then according to Lami’s theorem,

F1 F2 F3
3. NEWTON’S LAWS OF MOTION
  where  and 
sin      sin      sin      3.1 First law of motion
are the angles opposite to the forces F1, F2 & F3 respectively.
(a) Every body continues in its state of rest or of uniform
motion in a straight line unless it is compelled by a resultant
F1
force to change that state.
(b) This law is also known as law of inertia. Inertia is the
property of inability of a body to change its position of
rest or uniform motion in a straight line unless some external
F2 force acts on it.
F3
(c) Mass is a measure of inertia of a body.
127 LAWS OF MOTION

(d) A frame of reference in which Newton’s first law is valid is force by B on A (i.e., reaction represented FBA). Thus,
called inertial frame, i.e., if a frame of reference is at rest or FAB= – FBA.
in uniform motion it is called inertial, otherwise non-inertial. (b) The two forces involved in any interaction between two
3.2 Second law of motion bodies are called action and reaction. But we cannot say that
a particular force is action and the other one is reaction.
(a) This law gives the magnitude of force.
(c) Action and Reaction always act on different bodies.
(b) According to second law of motion, rate of change of
momentum of a body is proportional to the resultant force
4. LINEAR MOMENTUM

  
acting on the body, i.e., F   d p / dt  The linear momentum of a body is defined as the
 
product of the mass of the body and its velocity i.e.
Here, the change in momentum takes place in the direction Linear momentum = mass × velocity
 
of the applied resultant force. Momentum, p  m v is a 
If a body of mass m is moving with a velocity v , its linear
measure of sum of the motion contained in the body. 
momentum p is given by
(c) Unit force : It is defined as the force which changes the
momentum of a body by unity in unit time. According to  
pm v
 
 d p d   d v  dm
this, F    m v m v . Linear momentum is a vector quantity. Its direction is the
dt dt   dt dt same as the direction of velocity of the body.
If the mass of the system is finite and remains constant the SI unit of linear momentum is kg ms–1 and the cgs unit
w.r.t. time, then (dm/dt) = 0 and of linear momentum is g cm s–1.

 4.1 Impulse
   
  
F  m  d v/ dt   m a   p 2  p1  / t
    Impulse of a force, which is the product of average force
during impact and the time for which the impact lasts, is
(d) External force acting on a body may accelerate it either by
measured by the total change in linear momentum produced
changing the magnitude of velocity or direction of velocity
during the impact.
or both.
(i) If the force is parallel or antiparallel to the motion, it impulse of a force is a measure
 of total effect of the force.
changes only the magnitude of v but not the direction.
So, the path followed by the body is a straight line. The force which act on bodies for short time are called
(ii) If the force is acting  to the motion of body, it impulsive forces. For example :
changes only the direction but not the magnitude of (i) In hitting a ball with a bat,

v . So, the path followed by the body is a circle (ii) In driving a nail into a wooden block with a hammer,
(uniform circular motion). (iii) In firing a gun, etc.
(iii) If the force acts at an angle to the motion of a body, it An impulsive force does not remain constant, but changes

changes both the magnitude and direction of v . In first from zero to maximum and then from maximum to zero.
this case path followed by the body may be elliptical, Thus it is not possible to measure easily the value of
non-uniform circular, parabolic or hyperbolic. impulsive force because it changes with time. In such
(e) To apply Newton’s Second Law in non-inertial frame refer cases, we measure the total effect of the force, called
Section 17 (Page no. 10 impulse. Hence
   
3.3 Third law of motion I  Fav  t  p 2  p1

(a) According to this law, for every action there is an equal

5. APPARENT WEIGHT OF A BODY IN A LIFT
and opposite reaction. When two bodies A and B exert
force on each other, the force by A on B (i.e., action (a) When the lift is at rest or moving with uniform velocity,
represented by FAB), is always equal and opposite to the i.e., a=0 :
 LAWS OF MOTION 128

mg– R = 0 or R = mg  Wapp. = W0  
If FAB is force on A exerted by B, and FBA is force on B
(b) When the lift moves upwards with an acceleration a :
exerted by A,
 a then, according to Newton’s second law.
R – mg = ma or R = m(g + a) = mg 1  
 g   
FAB  t  change in linear momentum of A  p A'  p A
 a   
 Wapp. = W0 1   FBA  t  change in linear momentum of B  pB'  pB
g  
 
(c) When the lift moves downwards with an acceleration a : According to Newton’s third law, FAB   FBA

 a        
mg – R = ma or R = m (g–a) = mg  1   From eqns. p'A  p A    p 'B  p B  or p'A  p'B  p A  pB
 g
which shows that total final linear momentum of the
isolated system is equal to its total initial linear momentum.
 a
 Wapp. =W0  1   This proves the principle of conservation of linear
g
  momentum.

Here, if a > g, Wapp. will be negative. Negative apparent 7. FRICTION

weight will mean that the body is pressed against the roof Friction as an opposing force that comes into play when
of the lift instead of floor. one body actually moves (slides or rolls) or even tries to
(d) When the lift falls freely, i.e., a = g : move over the surface of another body.
R = m (g –g) = 0  Wapp. = 0 Thus force of friction is the force that developes at the
(Wapp. = R = reaction of supporting surface and W0= mg = surfaces of contact of two bodies and impedes (opposes)
true weight.) their relative motion.
(i) Frictional force is independent of the area of contact.
6. PRINCIPLE OF OF CONSERVATION This is because with increase in area of contact, force of
OF LINEAR MOMENTUM adhesion also increases (in the same ratio). And the
adhesive pressure responsible for friction, remains the
According to this principle, in an isolated system, the same.
vector sum of the linear momenta of all the bodies of the
(ii) When the surfaces in contact are extra smooth, distance
system is conserved and is not affected due to their mutual
between the molecules of the surfaces in contact decreases,
action and reaction.
increasing the adhesive force between them. Therefore,
Thus, in an isolated system (i.e., a system with no external the adhesive pressure increases, and so does the force of
force), mutual forces between pairs of particles in the friction.
system can cause changes in linear momentum of individual
particles. But as the mutual forces for each pair are equal 7.1 Static Friction, Limiting Friction and Kinetic Friction
and opposite, the linear momentum changes cancel in
The opposing force that comes into play when one body
pairs, and the total linear momentum remains unchanged.
tends to move over the surfac of another, but the actual
Hence the total linear momentum of an isolated system motion has yet not started in called Static friction.
of interacting particles is conserved. This principle is an
Limiting friction is the maximum opposing force that
important consequence of second and third laws of
comes into play, when one body is just at the verge of
motion.
moving over the surface of the other body.
Let us consider an isolated system comprising of two
  Kinetic frictioin or dynamic friction is the opposing force
bodies A and B, with initial linear momenta p A and p B . that comes into play when one body is actually moving
Let them collide for a small time t and separate with over the surface of another body.
 
final linear momenta p'A and p'B respectively. During Kinetic friction is always slightly
collision, less than the limiting friction.
129 LAWS OF MOTION

Cause of rolling friction. Let us consider a wheel which is

7.2 Laws of limiting friction
rolling along a road. As the wheel rolls along the road, it
(a) Static Friction slightly presses into the surface of the road and is itself
slightly compressed as shown in Fig.
(i) The force of friction always acts in a direction opposite
to the direction of relative motion, i.e., friction is of perverse
nature.
(ii) The maximum force of static friction, fms (called limiting
friction) is directly proportional to the normal reaction (R)
between the two surfaces in contact. i.e.,
ABC
f ms  R ...(1)
Thus, a rolling wheel :
(iii) The force of limiting friction depends upon the nature
(i) constantly climbs a ‘hill’ (BC) in front of it, and
and the state of polish of the two surfaces in contact and
it acts tangential to the interface between the two surfaces. (ii) has to simultaneously get itself detached from the road
(AB) behind it. The force of adhesion between the wheel
(iv) The force of limiting friction is independent of the
and the road opposes this process.
extent of the area of the surfaces in contact so long as the
normal reaction remains the same. Both these processes are responsible for rolling friction.

7.3 Coefficient of Static Friction 9. ANGLE OF FRICTION

We know that, f ms  R or f ms  s R
The angle of friction between any two surfaces in contact
is defined as the angle which the resultant of the force of
f ms
or s  ...(2) limiting friction F and normal reaction R makes with the
R direction of normal reaction R.
Here, s is a constant of proportionality and is called the It is represented by .
coefficient of static friction. Thus :
In fig. OA represents the normal reaction R which balances
Coefficient of static friction for any pair of surfaces in the weight mg of the body. OB represent F, the limiting
contact is equal to the ratio of the limiting friction and the force of sliding friction, when the body tends to move to
normal reaction. the right. Complete the parallelogram OACB. Join OC. This
s, being a pure ratio, has got no units and its value depends represents the resultant of R and F. By definition, AOC
upon the nature of the surfaces in contact. Further, s, is =  is the angle of friction between the two bodies in
usually less than unity and is never equal to zero. contact.
Since the force of static friction (fs) can have any value
C A
from zero to maximum (fms), i.e. fs < fms, eqn. (2) is generalised
to R

fs < sR ...(3)  P

Kinetic Friction B F O
The laws of kinetic friction are exactly the same as those
for static friction. Accordingly, the force of kinetic friction mg
is also directly proportional to the normal reaction, i.e.,
The value of angle of friction depends on the nature of
f k  R or fk   k R ...(4) materials of the surfaces in contact and the nature of the
surfaces.
8. ROLLING FRICTION
Relation between  and 
The opposing force that comes into play when a body rolls
over the surface of another body is called the rolling AC OB F
In AOC, tan      ...(5)
friction. OA OA R
LAWS OF MOTION 130

Hence   tan  ...(6) 11. METHODS OF CHANGING FRICTION

i.e. coefficient of limiting friction between any two surfaces Some of the ways of reducing friction are :
in contact is equal to tangent of the angle of friction (i) By polishing.
between them.
(ii) By lubrication.
10. ANGLE OF REPOSE OR ANGLE OF SLIDING (iii) By proper selection of materials.
(iv) By Streamlining.
Angle of repose or angle of sliding is defined as the
minimum angle of inclination of a plane with the (v) By using ball bearings.
horizontal, such that a body placed on the plane just begins
to slide down.
12. DYNAMICS OF UNIFORM CIRCULAR MOTION
CONCETP OF CENTRIPETAL FORCE
It is represented by . Its value depends on material and
nature of the surfaces in contact. Centripetal force is the force required to move a body
In fig., AB is an inclined plane such that a body placed on uniformly in a circle. This force acts along the radius
it just begins to slide down. BAC  = angle of repose. and towards the centre of the circle.
Infact, when a body moves in a circle, its direction of motion
R
B at any instant is along the tangent to the circle at that
F
instant. From fig., we find that the direction of motion of
 
m gsin the body moving in a circle goes on changing continuously.
 mg mgcos
A C

The various forces involved are :

(i) weight, mg of the body, acting vertically downwards, F
F
(ii) normal reaction, R, acting perpendicular to AB, F
F
(iii) Force of friction F, acting up the plane AB. F
F
Now, mg can beresolved into two rectangular components :
mg cos  opposite to R and mg sin  opposite to F. In
equilibrium,
F = mg sin  ... (7) According to Newton’s first law of motion, a body cannot
R = mg cos  ... (8) change its direction of motion by itself. An external force
Dividing (7) by (8), we get is required for this purpose. It is this external force which
is called the centripetal force.
F mg sin 
 , i.e.,   tan  On account of a continuous change in the direction of
R mg cos  motion of the body, thre is a change in velocity of the
Hence coefficient of limiting friction between any two body, an hence it undergoes an acceleration, called
surfaces in contact is equal to the tangent of the angle of centripetal acceleration or radial acceleration.
repose between them. An expression for centripetal force is

i.e. F  m v 2 / r  m r 2

Combining (6) and (9), we obtain 13. CENTRIFUGAL FORCE

 = tan  = tan  The natural tendency of a body is to move uniformly along
a straight line. When we apply centripetal force on the
  body, it is forced to move along a circle. While moving
actually along a circle, the body has a constant tendency
i.e. angle of friction is equal to angle of repose.
to regain its natural straight line path. This tendency gives
131 LAWS OF MOTION

rise to a force called centrifugal force. Hence (i) The weight of the car, mg, acting vertically downwards,
Centrifugal force is a force that arises when a body is (ii) Normal reaction R of the road on the car, acting vertically
moving actually along a circular path, by virtue of upwards,
tendency of the body to regain its natural straight line (iii) Frictional Force F, along the surface of the road, towards
path. the centre of the turn, as explained already.
Centrifugal forces can be regarded as the reaction of centripetal As there is no acceleration in the vertical direction,
force. As forces of action and reaction are always equal and R – mg = 0 or R = mg ...(1)
opposite, therefore, magnitude of centrifugal force = m v2/r,
which is same as that of centripetal force. However, direction The centripetal force required for circular motion is along
the surface of the road, towards the centre of the turn. As
of centrifugal force is opposite to the direction of centripetal
explained above, it is the static friction that provides the
force i.e. centrifugal force acts along the radius and away
necessary centripetal force. Clearly,
from the centre of the circle.
Note that centripetal and centrifugal forces, being the forces mv 2
F ...(2)
of action and reaction act always on different bodies. For r
example, when a piece of stone tied to one end of a string is
rotated in a circle, centripetal force F1 is applied on the where v is velocity of car while turning and r is radius of
circular track.
stone by the hand. In turn, the hand is pulled outwards by
centrifugal force F2 acting on it, due to tendency of the As F = sR = s mg, [using (1)]
stone to regain its natural straight line path. The centripetal where s is coefficient of static friction between the tyres
and centrifugal forces are shown in Fig. and the road. Therefore, from (2),

Stone
mv 2
F2  s mg or v  s rg  v max  s rg ...(3)
F1 r
Hand Hence the maximum velocity with which a vehicle can go
round a level curve ; without skidding is

v   s rg .
14. ROUNDING A LEVEL CURVED ROAD The value of depends on radius r of the curve and on
coefficient of static friction (s) between the tyres and the
When a vehicle goes round a curved road, it requires some
road. Clearly, v is independent of mass of the car.
centripetal force. While rounding the curve, the wheels of
the vehicle have a tendency to leave the curved path and
15. BANKING OF ROADS
regain the straight line path. Force of friction between the
wheels and the road opposes this tendency of the wheels. The maximum permissible velocity with which a vehicle can
This force (of friction) therefore, acts, towards the centre go round a level curved road without skidding depends on
of the circular track and provides the necessary centripetal , the coefficient of friction between the tyres and the road.
force. The value of decreases when road is smooth or tyres of
Three forces are acting on the car, fig. the vehicle are worn out or the road is wet and so on. Thus
force of friction is not a reliable source for providing the
R required centripetal force to the vehicle.
A safer course of action would be to raise outer edge of
the curved road above the inner edge. By doing so, a
componenet of normal reaction of the road shall be spared
F to provide the centripetal force. The phenomenon of
raising outer edge of the curved road above the inner
edge is called banking of roads. We can calculate the
mg
angle of banking , as detailed below:
In Fig., OX is a horizontal line. OA is the level of banked
 LAWS OF MOTION 132

curved road whose outer edge has been raised. XOA = But F < s R, where s is coefficient of static friction
 = angle of banking. between the banked road and the tyres. To obtain vmax, we
put F = s R in (1) and (2).
R cos  = mg + s R sin  ...(3)
R Rcos
 mv 2
Rsin A and R sin  + s R cos  = ...(4)
OUTER r
EDGE

mg
RAISED From (3), R (cos – s sin ) = mg
O X
 B
mg
R ...(5)
cos   s sin 

mv 2
From (4), R(sin  + s cos ) =
r
R R sin
A
mg  sin   s cos   mv 2
 Using (5), 
F cos  cos   s sin   r
R sin 
rg  sin   s cos  
O
F sin 
X  v2  
mg  cos   s sin  
rg cos   tan   s 
Three forces are acting on the vehicle as shown in Fig.
cos  1  s tan  
(i) Weight mg of the vehicle acting vertically downwards.
(ii) Normal reaction R of the banked road acting upwards in a 1/ 2
 rg  s  tan   
direction perpendicular to OA. v  ...(6)
(iii) Force of friction F between the banked road and the tyres,  1  s tan   
acting along AO.
This is the max. velocity of vehicle on a banked road.
R can be resolved into two rectangular components :-
Discussion
(i) R cos , along vertically upward direction
(ii) R sin , along the horizontal, towards the centre of the 1. If s = 0, i.e., if banked road is perfectly smooth, then from
curved road. eqn. (51),

F can also be resolved into two rectangular components : 1/ 2

v 0   rg tan   ...(7)
(i) F cos , along the horizontal, towards the centre of curved
road This is the speed at which a banked road can be rounded
(ii) F sin , along vertically downward direction. even when there is no friction. Driving at this speed on a
As there is no acceleration along the vertical direction, banked road will cause almost no wear and tear of the
the net force along this direction must be zero. Therefore, tyres.

R cos = mg + F sin ...(1) 2

From (7), v02 = rg tan  or tan   v 0 / rg ...(8)
If v is velocity of the vehicle over the banked circular road
of radius r, then centripetal force required = mv2/r. This is 2. If speed of vehicle is less than v0, frictional force will be up
provided by the horizontal components of R and F as the slope. Therefore, the vehicle can be parked only if tan
shown in Fig.  < s.
Roads are usually banked for the average speed of vehicles
mv 2
 R sin   Fcos   ...(2) passing over them. However, if the speed of a vehicle is
r
133 LAWS OF MOTION

somewhat less or more than this, the self adjusting static In equilibrium, R cos  balances the weight of the cyclist i.e.
friction will operate between the tyres and the road, and
R cos  = mg ...(1)
the vehicle will not skid.
and R sin provides the necessary centripetal force (m v2/r)
The speed limit at which the curve can be negotiated safely
is clearly indicated on the sign boards erected along the m v2
curved roads.  R sin   ...(2)
r
Note that curved railway tracks are also banked for the
same reason. The level of outer rail is raised a little above R sin  m v 2
Dividing (2) by (1), we get 
the level of inner rail, while laying a curved railway track. R cos  r mg

16. BENDING OF A CYCLIST v2

tan  
When a cyclist takes a turn, he also requires some rg
centripetal force. If he keeps himself vertical while turning,
Clearly, would depend on v and r.
his weight is balanced by the normal reaction of the
ground. In that event, he has to depend upon force of For a safe turn,  should be small, for which v should be
friction between the tyres and the road for obtaining the small and r should be large i.e. turning should be at a slow
necessary centripetal force. As force of friction is small speed and along a track of larger radius. This means, a
and uncertain, dependence on it is not safe. safe turn should neither be fast nor sharp.
To avoid dependence on force of friction for obtaining
17. PSEUDO FORCE
centripetal force, the cyclist has to bend a little inwards
from his vertical position, while turning. By doing so, a 
If observer O is non-inertial with acceleration a 0 and still
component of normal reaction in the horizontal direction
provides the necessary centripetal force. To calculate the wants to apply Newton’s Second Law on particle P, then
angle of bending with vertical, suppose observer has to add a “Pseudo force” in addition to real
forces on particle P.
m = mass of the cyclist,
 
v = velocity of the cyclist while turning, FPseudo   m P a 0
r = radius of the circular path,
Thus, Newton Second Law with respect to O will be
 = angle of bending with vertical.
In Fig., we have shown weight of the cyclist (mg) acting
vertically downwards at the centre of gravity C. R is force O P
of reaction of the ground on the cyclist. It acts at an angle aP, O
with the vertical.   
FRe al  FPseudo  m P a P, O
R
Rcos   
 i.e., FRe al  m P a O  mP a P,O
Y
C
Rsin 
 Where a P, O is acceleration of P with respect to observer O.

mg

If observer is in rotating frame then Pseudo force is called

“Centrifugal force”.
O X

R can be resolved into two rectangular components: Remember : Pseudo force is required only and only if
R cos , along the vertical upward direction, observer is non-inertial.e.g.

R sin , along the horizontal, towards the centre of the (i) Study of motion with respect to accelerating lift.
circular track. (ii) Study of motion with respect to accelerating wedge.
 LAWS OF MOTION 134

18. FORCE (a) Weight : Weight of an object is the force with which earth
attracts it. It is also called the force of gravity or the
(a) A force is something which changes the state of rest or gravitational force.
motion of a body. It causes a body to start moving if it is
(b) Contact Force : When two bodies come in contact they
at rest or stop it, if it is in motion or deflect it from its initial
exert forces on each other that are called contact forces.
path of motion.
(i) Normal Force (N) : It is the component of contact
(b) Force is also defined as an interaction between two bodies. force normal to the surface. It measures how strongly
Two bodies can also exert force on each other even without the surfaces in contact are pressed together.
being in physical contact, e.g., electric force between two
(ii) Frictional Force (f) : It is the component of contact
charges, gravitational force between any two bodies of
force parallel to the surface. It opposes the relative motion
the universe.
(or attempted motion) of the two surfaces in contact.
(c) Force is a vector quantity having SI unit Newton (N) and
dimension [MLT–2]. N F
(d) Superposition of force : When many forces are acting on f
a single body, the resultant force is obtained by using the f
    F N
laws of vector addition. F  F1  F2  ...Fn
(c) Tension : The force exerted by the end of a taut string, rope or
  chain is called the tension. The direction of tension is so as to
The resultant of the two forces F1 and F2 acting at angle
pull the body while that of normal reaction is to push the body.
 is given by : (d) Spring Force : Every spring resists any attempt to change
its length; the more you alter its length the harder it resists.
F  F12  F22  2F1F2 cos  The force exerted by a spring is given by F = –kx, where x
is the change in length and k is the stiffness constant or
The resultant force is directed at an angle  with respect
spring constant (unit Nm–1).
F2 sin 
to force F1 where tan   20. NEWTON’S LAWS OF MOTION
F1  F2 sin 
20.1 First law of motion
(e) Lami’s theorem : If three forces F1, F2 and F3 are acting
simultaneously on a body and the body is in equilibrium, (a) Every body continues in its state of rest or of uniform
then according to Lami’s theorem, motion in a straight line unless it is compelled by a
resultant force to change that state.
F1 F2 F3
  where  and  (b) This law is also known as law of inertia. Inertia is the
sin      sin      sin     
property of inability of a body to change its position of
are the angles opposite to the forces F 1, F 2 and F 3 rest or uniform motion in a straight line unless some
respectively. external force acts on it.
(c) Mass is a measure of inertia of a body.
F1 (d) A frame of reference in which Newton’s first law is valid is
called inertial frame, i.e., if a frame of reference is at rest
or in uniform motion it is called inertial, otherwise non-
inertial.
F2 20.2 Second law of motion
F3
(a) This law gives the magnitude of force.
(b) According to second law of motion, rate of change of
19. BASIC FORCES momentum of a body is proportional to the resultant force

There are, basically, five forces, which are commonly   
acting on the body, i.e., F   d p / dt 
encountered in mechanics.  
135 LAWS OF MOTION

Here, the change in momentum takes place in the direction (b) to predict the future motion of a body, given the body’s
  initial position and velocity and the forces acting on it.
of the applied resultant force. Momentum, p  m v is a
For either kind of proble, we use Newton’s second law
measure of sum of the motion contained in the body.
  F  ma  . The following general strategy is useful for
(c) Unit force : It is defined as the force which changes the
momentum of a body by unity in unit time. According to solving such problems :
  (i) Draw a simple, neat diagram of the system.
 d p d   d v  dm
this, F    m v m v . (ii) Isolate the object of interest whose motion is being
dt dt   dt dt analyzed. Draw a free body diagram for this object,
If the mass of the system is finite and remains constant that is, a diagram showing all external forces acting
on the object. For systems containing more than one
w.r.t. time, then (dm/dt) = 0 and
object, draw separate diagrams for each objects. Do

   
   not include forces that the object exerts on its
F  m  d v/ dt   m a   p 2  p1  / t surroundings.
   
(iii) Establish convenient coordinate axes for each body
(d) External force acting on a body may accelerate it either by and find the components of the forces along these
changing the magnitude of velocity or direction of velocity axes. Now, apply Newton’s second law,  F = ma, in
or both. component form. Check your dimensions to make
sure that all terms have units of force.
(i) If the force is parallel or antiparallel to the motion, it
 (iv) Solve the component equations for the unknowns.
changes only the magnitude of v but not the direction.
Remember that you must have as many independent
So, the path followed by the body is a straight line. equations as you have unknowns in order to obtain
(ii) If the force is acting  to the motion of body, it a complete solution.
changes only the direction but not the magnitude of (v) It is a good idea to check the predictions of your
 solutions for extreme values of the variables. You
v . So, the path followed by the body is a circle
can often detect errors in your results by doing so.
(uniform circular motion).
(iii) If the force acts at an angle to the motion of a body, it 21. SOME IMPORTANT POINTS CONCERNING
 NEWTON’S LAWS OF MOTION
changes both the magnitude and direction of v . In
this case path followed by the body may be elliptical, (a) The forces of interaction between bodies composing a
non-uniform circular, parabolic or hyperbolic. system are called internal forces. The forces exerted on
bodies of a given system by bodies situated outside are
20.3 Third law of motion called external forces.
(a) According to this law, for every action there is an equal (b) Whenever one force acts on a body it gives rise to another
and opposite reaction. When two bodies A and B exert force called reaction i.e., a single isolated force is
physically impossible. This is why total internal force in
force on each other, the force by A on B (i.e., action
an isolated system is always zero.
represented by FAB), is always equal and opposite to the
force by B on A (i.e., reaction represented FBA). Thus,  
(c) According to Newton’s second law, F   d p/ dt  . If
FAB= – FBA.  
(b) The two forces involved in any interaction between two  
     
bodies are called action and reaction. But we cannot say F  0,  d p/ dt   0 or  d v/ dt   0 or v = constant or
   
that a particular force is action and the other one is reaction.
zero, i.e., a body remains at rest or moves with uniform
(c) Action and Reaction always act on different bodies.
velocity unless acted upon by an external force. This is
20.4 Applications of Newton’s Laws of Motion Newton’s Ist law.
(d) The ratio of times for which the same force acts on two
There are two kinds of problems in classical mechanics : bodies of different masses initially at rest to have
(a) To find unknown forces acting on a body, given the body’s
acceleration, and
(i) equal displacement is : (t1/t2) =  m1 / m2  ;
 LAWS OF MOTION 136

(ii) equal final velocity is : (t1/t2) = (m1/m2); translatory equilibrium), then T0 =mg.
(iii) equal final momentum is : (t1/t2) = 1/1. (b) If the carriage is accelerated up with an acceleration a,
Newton’s second law can also be expressed as : Ft= p2– then
p1. Hence, if a car and a truck are initially moving with the
 a
same momentum, then by the application of same breaking T = m(g + a) = mg  1  a  = T0  1  
force, both will come to rest in the same time.  g  g
(c) If the carriage is accelerated down with an acceleration
22. APPARENT WEIGHT OF A BODY IN A LIFT a, then
(a) When the lift is at rest or moving with uniform velocity,  a  a
i.e., a=0 : T = m(g – a) = mg 1    T0 1  
 g  g
mg– R = 0 or R = mg  Wapp. = W0
(d) If the carriage begins to fall freely, then the tension in
(b) When the lift moves upwards with an acceleration a :
the string becomes zero.
 a
R – mg = ma or R = m(g + a) = mg 1   (e) If the carriage is accelerated horizontally, then
 g
(i) mass m experiences a pseudo force ma opposite to
 a
 Wapp. = W0 1   acceleration;
 g
(ii) the mass m is in equilibrium inside the carriage and
(c) When the lift moves downwards with an acceleration a :
 a T sin  = ma, T cos  = mg, i.e.,
mg – R = ma or R = m (g–a) = mg 1  
 g
T = m g2  a 2 ;
 a
 Wapp. =W0 1   (iii) the string does not remain vertical but inclines to
 g
the vertical at an angle  = tan–1 (a/g) opposite to
Here, if a > g, Wapp. will be negative. Negative apparent acceleration;
weight will mean that the body is pressed against the roof (iv) This arrangement is called accelerometer and can be
of the lift instead of floor. used to determine the acceleration of a moving
(d) When the lift falls freely, i.e., a = g : carriage from inside by noting the deviation of a
plumbline suspended from it from the vertical.
R = m (g –g) = 0  Wapp. = 0
(Wapp. = R = reaction of supporting surface and W0= mg =
25. CONSTRAINED METHOD
true weight.)
Let us try to visualize this situation
23. PROBLEM OF MONKEY CLIMBING A ROPE
Let T be the tension in the rope. m3
(i) When the monkey climbs up with uniform speed :
T = mg.
(ii) When the monkey moves up with an acceleration a :
T – mg = ma or T = m (g + a).
(iii) When the monkey moves down with an acceleration a : m2
mg – T = ma or T = m (g – a). m1

24. PROBLEM OF A MASS SUSPENDED FROM (i) If m3 was stationary, then magnitude of displacements of
A VERTICAL STRING IN A MOVING CARRIAGE m1 and m2 would be same and in opposite direction.
Let us say x (displacement of m1 and m2 when m3 is
Following cases are possible : stationary).
(a) If the carriage (say lift) is at rest or moving uniformly (in (ii) Now consider the case when m3 displaces by x1, then
 137 LAWS OF MOTION

net displacement of m1 = x1 – x
l2 = x + x3
m2 = x1 + x
m3 = x1 Constant length is length is
(iii) Differentiate it twice we have increasing decreasing

a m3  a1 Note : If Length is decreasing then differentiation of that length

will be negative.
a m1  a 1  a
 On differentiating twice we have
a m2  a1  a 0 = a + (–a3)
a = a3
This problem can be approached in other way. Which is
more mathematical and do not require much of visualisation. Now, we can apply F = ma for different blocks.
Steps involved to approach problems of multiple pulleys Solve for a3, a1 a2 and Tension.
of system having different accelerations :
26. FORCE OF FRICTION
(i) Define a fixed point/axis.
Whenever two rough surfaces are in contact, sliding between
(ii) Locate positions of all movable points from fixed point/axis.
the surfaces is opposed by the force of friction which the surfaces
(iii) (a) Write down the relation between length of the string exert on each other. The force of friction acts parallel to the
and the position of different movable points. surfaces in contact and on both the surfaces.
(b) No. of relation must be equal to no. of string.
(iv) Differentiate it twice to get the relationship between 26.1 Static Friction
acceleration of different objects. If the tendency to slide against each other is too small to cause
actual sliding motion, the force of friction is called as the force of
fixed axis static friction. The magnitude of this force balances the net
x3
applied force. Hence if there is no sliding between the surfaces.
m3
fixed axis Force of static friction = net applied force parallel to the surfaces.

x2 x1 26.2 Critical Point (Maximum Static friction)

x

movable point-1 If the sliding between the surfaces is about to begin, the static
friction is at its maximum value which is equal to sN, where N =
movable point-2 m1 normal reaction between the surfaces and s = coefficient of static
movable point-3 m2 friction. In this situation, we say that the surfaces are at their
point of sliding and are exerting a force sN on each other so as to
For string connecting m1 and m2 : oppose sliding.

Let the length of the string be l1 26.3 Kinetic Friction

l1 2 1 If actual sliding is taking place between the surfaces, the force of

friction is called as force of kinetic friction or the force of sliding
Constant Constant friction (fk).

On differentiating it twice : fk   k N where k = coefficient of kinetic friction.

a1  a 2
0 = (a2 – a) + (a1 – a) + 0  a 
2
For string connective m3 and pulley :
Frictia always opposes relative motion between the
Let the string length be l2 surfaces in contact.
LAWS OF MOTION 138

SOME IMPORTANT CASES

Case Diagram Result

F m1F
(a) When two bodies are kept in contact a (i) a  , (ii) N 
m1  m 2 m1  m2
and force is applied on the body of F N N
m1 m2
mass m1.

F m2 F
(b) When two bodies are kept in contact a
(i) a  , (ii) N 
m1  m 2 m1  m2
and force is applied on the body of
mass m2. N' N' F
m1 m2

F m1 F
(c) When two bodies are connected by (i) a  , (ii) T 
a m1  m 2 m1  m 2
a string and placed on a smooth T T F
m1 m2

F
(d) When three bodies are connected (i) a 
a
m1  m 2  m 3 
T 1 T1 T 2 T2 F m1F
through strings as shown in fig and m1 m2 m3 (ii) T1 
(m1  m2  m3 )

placed on a smooth horizontal surface. (iii) T2 

m1  m 2  F
m1  m 2  m 3 

 m1  m 2  g
(e) When two bodies of masses m1 & m2 (i) a 
 m1  m 2 
 2m1 m 2 
are attached at the ends of a string (ii) T    g
T T  m1  m 2 
a a
passing over a pulley as shown in the T T

figure m1 m2

m1g m2g
139 LAWS OF MOTION

m 2g
(f) When two bodies of masses m1 & m2 (i) a  , (ii) T  m1 m 2 g
m1 m1  m 2   m1  m 2 
are attached at the ends of a string
passing over a pulley in such a way a
T
that mass m1 rests on a smooth
horizontal table and mass m2 is m2
hanging vertically.
m2g

(g) If in the above case, mass m1 is placed (i) a 

m 2  m1 sin  g
m1  m 2

a m1m 2 g 1  sin 
on a smooth inclined plane making an a (ii) T 
m1  m 2 
m2
angle with horizontal as shown in (iii) If the system remains in equilibrium,
figure, then. m2g then m1g sin  = m2g

g m1 sin   m 2 sin 

(h) In case (f), masses m1 and m2 are (i) a 
m1  m 2 
T
T
a
a
m1 m 2
placed on inclined planes making (ii) T  sin   sin  g
m1  m 2 
angles  &  with the horizontal

respectively, then

N
a
(i) When a body is moving on smooth a = g sin , N = mg cos 
inclined plane.
mg

f N
(j) When a body is moving down on aD
a rough inclined plane. g (sin  –  cos )

mg

N
(k) When a body is moving up on a au = g (sin +  cos )
aU
rough inclined plane.
f
mg
 LAWS OF MOTION 140

SOLVED EXAMPLES

Example - 1 Example - 3
The driver of a three-wheeler moving with a speed of Figure shows the position-time graph of a particle of mass
36 km/h sees a child standing in the middle of the road 4 kg. What is the :
and brings his vehicle to rest in 4 s just in time to save the
child. What is the average retarding force on the vehicle? x(m)
The mass of the three-wheeler is 400 kg and the mass of A
the driver is 65 kg. 3

Sol. We are given that

O 4 t(s)
initial speed of the three-wheeler, i.e.,

 5 (a) force on the particle for t < 0, t > 4s, 0 < t < 4s ?
v0  36 km / h   36   m / s  10 m / s
 18  (b) impulse at t = 0 and t = 4s ?

final speed of the three-wheeler, v = 0 (Consider one- dimensional motion only).

time taken by the vehicle to stop, t = 4 s Sol. (a) For t < 0 and t > 4 s, the particle is at rest as the position
does not change with respect to time. Obviously, no force
v  v 0 0  10
Clearly, a    2.5 m / s 2 acts during these two intervals.
t 4
Further, for 0 < t < 4, the position-time graph is a straight
Negative sign indicates the retarding nature of the force. line, it represents uniform motion and there is no acceleration.
Further, total mass of the driver and the three-wheeler, Obvisouly, no force acts during this interval as well.
M = 400 + 65 = 465 kg The force acting on the particle in all the three intervals is
Thus, the average retarding force on the vehicle, thus zero.
F = Ma = 465 × 2.5 = 1.2 × 103 N (b) Since the velocity from O to A is uniform,

Example - 2 velocity at O(v) = velocity at A(v) = slope of the graph

A ballon has a mass of 5 g in air. The air escapes at a 3

OA  m / s.
uniform rate with a velocity of 4 cm/s. If the balloon 4
shrinks cmpletely in 2.5 s, find the mean force acting on
Impulse (at t = 0) = change in momentum
the balloon.
= final momentum – initial momentum
Sol. Force acting on the balloon
3
= rate of change of momentum of = mv – 0 = 4   3 kg m / s
4
air escaping out of the balloon
Impulse at (t = 4 s) = change in momentum
dp d dm = final momentum – initial momentum
i.e., F   mv   v (as v is constant)
dt dt dt
3
= 0 – mv = –4 ×  3 kg m / s
dm 5g 4
Here,   2g / s, v  4 cm / s
dt 2.5s

Thus, F = (4 cm/s) (2 g/s) = 8 dyne

141 LAWS OF MOTION

Example - 4 Example - 6
Two masses 8 kg and 12 kg are connected at the two ends A constant retarding force of 50 N is applied to a body of
of a light inextensible string that goes over a frictionless mass 20 kg moving with a speed of 15 m/s. How long does
pulley. Find the acceleration of the masses and the tension the body take to stop ?
in the string when the masses are released.
Sol. We are given that
Sol. From eqn. (3), force acting on the body, F = 50 N
mass of the body, m =20 kg
 m  m1  12  8  initial speed of the body, v0 = 15 m/s
a  2 g   10  2.0 m / s 2
m
 1  m 2  8  12
final speed of the body, v = 0
From eqn. (4),
F 50
As F  ma, a    2.5 m / s 2
 2m1m 2  m 20
2  8 12
T g   10  96 N
 m1  m 2  8  12  Since the force is retarding in nature,
a = –2.5 m / s2
Example - 5
Let t be the time taken by the body to stop.
An object of weight, W is suspended with the help of three
cords 1, 2 and 3 with a knot at P as shown in the fig. The v  v 0 0  15
tension in cord-3 is 30 N. Find : As v  v0  at, t    6s
a 2.5
(a) tension in cord-2 and
Example - 7
(b) the weight of the object.
A constant force acting on a body of mass 3 kg changes
Sol. Let T 1 and T 2 be the tensions in the cords 1 and 2 its speed from 2 m/s to 3.5 m/s in 25 second. The direction
of motion of the body remains unchanged. What is the
respectively. The free-body diagram showing various forces
magnitude and direction of the force ?
acting on the knot at P is shown in fig.
Sol. With usual notation, we are given that
mass of the body, m = 3 kg
initial speed, v0 = 2 m/s
final speed after 25 s, i.e., v = 3.5 m/s

Thus, v  v 0 3.5  2 1.5

a   m / s2
t 25 25
If F is the magnitude of the force,

For the equilibrium of the knot, 1.5

F  ma  3   0.18 N
25
 Fx  0, i.e., 30N  T2 cos 40o  0 ...(i)
The force acts along the direction of motion of the body.
o
and  Fy  0, i.e., T2 sin 40  W  0 ...(ii) Example - 8
A force of 9 N pulls a block of mass 4 kg through a rope
30 N 30 N of mass 0.5 kg. The block is resting on a smooth surface.
(a) From eqn. (i), T2  o
  39.2 N
cos 40 0.7760 Calculate the force of reaction exerted by the block on
the rope ?
(b) From eqn. (ii) W = T2 sin 40o = (39.2N) 0.6428
= 25.2 N Sol. Total mass to be pulled,

Note that the tension in cord-1, i.e., T1 = W = 25.2 N M = 4kg + 0.5 kg = 4.5 kg
Force acting, F = 9N
 LAWS OF MOTION 142

Acceleration produced in the system of block and rope, or a = 50m/s2 (neglecting negative sign)

F 9N If F is the average force required to stop the ball,

a   2 m / s2
M 4.5 kg F = ma = (0.2 kg) (50 m/s2) = 10 N
Force of reaction exerted by the block on the rope = force Example - 12
acting on the block = 4 × 2 = 8 N A body of mass 5 kg is acted upon by two perpendicular
forces 8 N and 6 N. Give the magnitude and direction of
Example - 9
the acceleration of the body.
While launching a rocket of mass 2 × 104 kg, a force of
 
5 × 105 N is applied for 20 s. What is the velocity attained Sol. Let F1 and F2 be the two perpendicular forces where
by the rocket at the end of 20 s ?
F1 = 8 N and F2 = 6 N
Sol. Here, mass of the rocket, m = 2 × 10 kg 4
  
Let F be the resultant of F1 and F2 ,[Fig.]
force acting on the rocket, F = 5 × 105 N
time for which force acts, t = 20s
If a is the acceleration produced in the rocket, F = ma
F2 F
F 5 105
of a   25m / s
m 2 104

Let v be the velocity at the end of 20 s. Thus,
F1
v = v0 + at = 0 + 25 × 20
or v = 500 m/s 2 2
Clearly, F  F12  F22   8N    6N   10N
Example - 10
A force of 72 dyne is inclined to the horizontal at an angle Mass of the body, m = 5 kg
of 60o. Find the acceleration it produces in a mass of 9 g As F = ma,
which moves in a horizontal direction.
F 10N
a  2
o
Sol. Since the force (F) of 72 dyne makes an angle of 60 with the m 5 kg = 2 m/s in the direction of resultant force
horizontal, its component along horizontal, i.e.,  
If F makes an anlge  with F1 ,
Fx = 72cos 60o = 72 × 0.5 dyne = 36 dyne
As Fx = max, F2 6
tan     0.7500
F1 8
Fx 36 dyne
ax   (as m = 9 g) or = 36.9o with the direction of 8N force
m 9g
Example - 13
or ax = 4 cm/s2
A force acts for 10 second on a body of mass 10 g, after
Example - 11 which the force ceases to act and the body describes 50 cm
A cricket ball of mass 0.2 kg moving with a velocity of in next 5 second. Find the magnitude of the force.
20 m/s is brought to rest in 0.4 second. Find the average Sol. We are given that
force.
mass of the body, m = 10 g
Sol. We are given that initial velocity of the body, v0 = 0
mass of the cricket ball, m = 0.2 kg final velocity of the body after 10 second,
initial of the ball, v0 = 20 m/s
50
final velocity of the ball, v = 0 v  10 cm / s
5
time taken by the ball to come to rest, i.e., t = 0.4 s
(the body describes 50 cm in 5 second after the force stops
v  v 0 0  20 acting and assuming the velocity to be uniform, velocity =
Thus, a  distance travelled time taken).
t 0.4
 143 LAWS OF MOTION

If a is the acceleration produced in the body, then from

1 2
v = v0 + at,  10  30    20    30   8700m
2
v  v 0 10  0 During the next 70 s, there is no force and the particle moves
a   1cm / s 2
t 10 with the uniform velocity of –590 m/s and distance travelled
during this time, i.e.
Force acting on the body, F = ma
= 10g × 1 cm/s2 = 10 dyne x2 = –590 × 70 = – 41300m
Total distance covered in 100 s, i.e.,
Example - 14
x = x1 + x2 = – 8700 – 41300 = –50 km
A body of mass 0.4 kg moving with a constant speed of
10 m/s to the north is subject to a constant force of 8 N Example - 15
directed towards the south for 30 s. Take the instant the A stone of mass 5 kg falls from the top of a cliff 50m
force is applied to be t = 0, the position of the body at that high and buries itself 1 m in sand. Find the average
time to be x = 0, and predict its position at t = –5s, resistance offered by the sand and the time it takes to
25s, 100s. penetrate.
Sol. Taking the initial direction of motion (i.e., north) to be
Sol. Let V be the velocity acquired by stone after falling through
positive,
a height of 50 m.
initial velocity of the particle, v0 = 10 m/s
constant force acting on the particle due to south, F = –8N Clearly, V  2gh  2  9.8  50  980 m / s
mass of the particle, m = 0.4 kg Now V is the velocity with which the stone starts burying
Let a be the acceleration produced in the particle. clearly, itself into the sand and finally comes to rest in it after
travelling a distance of 1m.
F 8N
a   20 m / s 2 (due south) for 0 < t < 30s
m 0.4 kg From v 2  v 02  2as,

Let v be the velocity after 30 s. Clearly, 0–V2 = 2a × 1

v = v0 + at = 10 + (–20) × 30 = – 590 m/s (due south) (as v = 0,v0 = V, s = 1m)

At t = 0 (when the force is applied), V2

or a
x=0 2
(i) At t = – 5s (force does not exist) and as such a = 0. (neglecting negative sign)
Thus, x = v0t = 10 × (–5) = –50 m
(ii) At t = 25 s (force is acting on the particle) and as such 980 m 2 / s 2
or a  490 m / s 2
a = – 20m/s2, Thus, 2s

1 If F is the average resistance offered by the sand to the

x  v0 t  at 2
2 stone of mass (m) = 5 kg, then

1 2
F = ma = (5 kg) (490 m/s2) = 2450 N
 10  25    20    25 
2 Let t be the time taken by the stone to penetrate the sand.
or x = – 6000 m = – 6 km
From v  v 0  at, 0  980   490  t
(iii) At t = 100s. After 30 s, the force stops acting.
Distance covered during first 30 swhen the acceleration is (as v = 0, v0 = V = 980 m/s)
acting i.e.,
980 m / s
1 or t  0.06s
x1  v0 t  at 2 490 m / s 2
2
 LAWS OF MOTION 144

Example - 16 dm
A dish of mass 10 g is kept floating horizontally in air by  av  102  15  1000  kg / s  150 kg / s
dt
firing bullets, each of mass 5 g, with the same velocity, at
the rate of 10 bullets per second and the bullets rebound dm
with the same speed in opposite directions. Find the Clearly, F  v  15  150  N  2250 N
dt
velocity of each bullet at the time of impact.
Example - 18
Sol. If v (cm/s) is the velocity of impact of a bullet,
An elevator weighs 4000 kg. When the upward tension
change in momentum of a bullet due to each impact in the supporting cable is 48000 N, what is the upward
= mv – (– mv) acceleration? Starting from rest, how far does it rise in
= 2 mv = 2 × 5 × v = 10v 3 second ?
Upward force acting on the dish, i.e., Sol. Upward tension in the supporting cable,
F = rate of change of momentum of the bullets T = 48000 N
= change in momentum of one bullet Downward force due to teh weight of the elevator,
× number of bullets fired per second W = 4000 kg wt = 4000 × 9.8 N = 39200 N
= 10v × 10 = 100v Net upward force on the elevator,
Weight of the dish, W = 10 g wt T – W = 48000N – 39200N = 8800 N
= 10 × 980 = 9800 dyne If a is the upward acceleration in the elevator of mass (m),
For equilibrium of the dish, F = W
F 8800 N
or 100v = 9800 or v = 98 cm/s a   2.2 m / s 2
m 4000 kg
Example - 17 Distance covered by the elevator starting from rest
A stream of water flowing horizontally with a speed of (v0 = 0) in 3 s, i.e.,
15 m/s gushes out of a tube of cross-sectional area
10–2 m2, and hits at a vertical wall nearby. What is the 1 1 2
s  v0 t  at 2   2.2  3  9.9 m
force exerted on the wall by the impact of water, assuming 2 2
it does not rebound ? Example - 19
Sol. We are given that A cricket ball of mass 0.2 kg moving with a velocity of
20 m/s is brought to rest by a player in 0.1 s. Find the
speed of stream of water, v = 15 m/s
impulse of the force acting on the ball and the average
area of cross-section of the tube, force applied by the player.
a = 10–2 m2
Sol. We are given that
volume of the water coming out per second
mass of the body, m = 0.2 kg
= av = 15 × 10–2 m3
initial velocity of the body, v0 = 20 m/s
mass of water coming out per second
final velocity of the ball, v = 0
= (volume/s) × density
time taken by the player to bring the ball to rest, t = 0.1s As
= (15 × 10–2) × 1000 = 150 kg
v = v0 + at,
(as density of water = 1000kg/m3)
0 = 20 + a (0.1)
As on hitting the wall, water does not rebound,
or 0.1a = –20
force exerted on the wall by the impact of water
a = –200 m/s2 (– ve sign shows retardation)
= change in momentum per second
Average force applied by the player, i.e.,
= mass of water flowing out per second × velocity
F = ma = 0.2 × 200 = 40 N
= 150 × 15 = 2250 N
Impulse of the force
Alter : Rate at which water gushes out of the tube, i.e.,
= Ft = (40 N) (0.1 s) = 4 N s
145 LAWS OF MOTION

Example - 20 If F is the average force between the ball and the ground,
Two billiard balls each of mass 0.05 kg moving in opposite Ft = impulse = 0.38 N s
directions with speed 6 m/s collide and rebound with the
0.38 N s 0.38
same speed. What is the impulse imparted to each ball or F  N  3.8 N
due to the other ? t  in s  0.1

Sol. Initial momentum of each ball = 0.05 × 6 = 0.30 kg m/s Example - 22

Since the two balls rebound after collision with the same A shell of mass 0.02 kg is fired by a gun of mass 100 kg.
speed, velocity of each ball is reversed only in direction If the muzzle speed of the shell is 80 m/s, what is the
and so is its momentum. recoil speed of the gun ?
Final momentum of each ball = –0.30 kg m/s Sol. Mass of the shell, m = 0.02 kg
Change in momentum of each ball Mass of the gun, M = 100 kg
= 0.30 kg m/s – (– 30 kg m/s) = 0.60 kg m/s Speed of the shell, v = 80 m/s
Impulse imparted to each ball = 0.60 kg m/s Let V be recoil speed of the gun.
The impulse imparted to the two balls are opposite in Applying the law of conservation of momentum,
direction.
final momentum of the shell and the gun = initial momentum
Example - 21 of the shell and the gun, i.e.,
A rubber ball of mass 0.05 kg falls from a height of 1 m mv + MV = 0
and rebounds to a height of 0.5 m. Find the impulse and
the average force between the ball and the ground, if the or mv 0.02  80
V   0.016 m / s  1.6 cm / s
time during which they are in contact is 0.1 s. M 100

Sol. Let v be the velocity with which the ball strikes the ground As is obvious, negative sign indicates that gun kicks
at B, where Ab = 1 m, [Fig.] backwards as the bullet moves forward.
Example - 23
A A machine gun has a mass of 10 kg. It fires 30 g bullets
at the rate of 6 bullets per second with a speed of 400 m/s.
What force in newton must be applied to the gun to keep
it in position ?
1m C
Sol. We are given that
v’ 0.5 m mass of the gun, M = 10 kg
mass of the bullet, m = 30g = 0.03 kg
B(v)
velocity of the bullet, v = 400 m/s
Cleary, v  2gh  2  9.8  1  19.6 m / s If V is the velocity of recoil of the gun, then from the law of
conservation of linear momentum, MV + mv = 0
Let v’ be the velocity with which the ball rebounds. The ball
rises up and comes to rest at C after rising through a distance or MV = – mv
of 0.5 m. Clearly, Taking only the magnitude,
MV = mv = 0.03 × 400 = 12 kg m/s
v '  2gh '  2  9.8  0.5  9.8 m / s
Since initial momentum of the gun is zero, change in momen-
Momentum of the ball before striking the grund = mv tum of the gun after it has fired 1 bullet (i.e., in 1/6 second)
Momentum of the ball after striking the ground = –mv’
= MV – 0 = 12 kg m/s
(–ve sign shows that v’ is in a direction opposite to v).
If F is the required force, then
Impulse = change in momentum of the ball
impulse = change in momentum of the gun
= mv – (–mv’) = mv + mv’ = m (v + v’)
12
or Ft = 12 or F   72N [ast = 1/6 s]
= 0.05  
19.6  9.8 N s  0.38 N s 1/ 6
 LAWS OF MOTION 146

Example - 24 For the equilibrium of concurrent forces.

A shell is fired from a cannon with a velocity of v (m/s) at  Fx  0, i.e., T2 cos 30o  T1  0 ...(i)
an angle with the horizontal direction. At the highest
point in its path, it explodes into two pieces of equal masses. and  Fy  0, i.e., T2 sin 30o  mg  0 ...(ii)
One of the pieces retraces its path to the cannon. Find the From eqn. (ii),
speed of the other piece immediately after the explosion.
T2 (1/2) = mg or T2 = 2 mg
Sol. The flight of the shell before explosion is shown in Fig.
where H is the highest point. 3
From eqn. (i), T1 = T2 cos 30o = (2mg)  3 mg
2
Example - 26
Two weights W1 and W2 are attached to a rigid support
PQ with the help of ropes with knots at A and B as shown
in The Fig. If W1 = 300 N, find tensions in the ropes 1, 2
and 3. Also find W2.

The velocity fo the shell can be resolved into two

rectangular components :
(i) v cos  (i.e., vx) in the horizontal direction and
(ii) v sin  (i.e., vy) in the vertical direction.
At the highest point in its path, vy = 0 and as such the Sol. Let T1, T2 and T3 be the tensions in the ropes 1, 2 and 3
velocity of the shell at this point is vx. respectively.
Let the two pieces (each of mass m/2) into which the shell Consider the equilibrium of the knot A as shown in Fig.
explodes be denoted by 1 and 2. Since the piece-1 retraces
its path to the cannon, its velocity in the horizontal direction
is –vx. If v2 is the velocity of the piece-2 in the horizontal
direction, then applying the law of conservation of
momentum,
m m m 3
v 2    v x   mvx or v 2  mv x
2 2 2 2
or v2 = 3vx = 3 v cos 
Example - 25
A mass m is hung at P with a light inextensible string AB 300
As  Fy  0,T1 sin 37 o  300 N  0 or T1   500 N
as shown in the Fig. Find tension in the horizontal portion sin 37 o
AP of the string. Further, as  Fx  0, T1 cos 37 o  T2  0
Sol. The free-body diagram for the various forces acting at P is or T2 = T1 cos 37o = 400 N
shown in Fig. Now consider the equilibrium of concurrent forces acting
atthe knot B as shown in Fig.
From  Fx  0, T2  T3 cos 53o  0

T2
or T3   670 N
cos 53o

and from  Fy  0, T3 sin 53o  W2  0

or W2 = T3 sin 53o = 530 N
147 LAWS OF MOTION

Example - 27
A horizontal force of 500 N pulls two masses 10 kg and
20 kg (lying on a frictionless table) connected by alight
string. What is the tension in the string ? Does the answer
depend on which mass end the pull is applied ?

Sol. Let m1 (= 10 kg) and m2 (= 20 kg) be the two masses

connected by a light string and lying on a frictionless table.
Let F (= 500 N) be the horizontal force applied on the mass
m2 and let T be the tension acting in the string as shown in
Fig.

If a is the acceleration produced in the system,

for mass m1,
T = m1a ...(i) From Fig. (b), (c) and (d)
and for mass m2, T1 – mg = ma ...(i)
F – T = m2a ...(ii) 2mg – T1 = 2ma ...(ii)
Adding eqns. (i) and (ii), we get F = (m1 + m2)a and mg – T2 = ma ...(iii)
Adding eqns. (i) and (ii), mg = 3ma
F 500 N 50
or a   m / s2 or a = g/3
 m1  m 2  10  20  kg 3
4
From eqn. (i), T1 = mg + ma = mg + m(g / 3)  mg
50 3
Clearly T = m1a = 10   166.7 N
3
From eqn. (iii), T2 = mg – ma = mg – m(g / 3)  2 mg
In case the force is applied on m1 as shown Fig. 3
Example - 29
50
T '  m 2 a  20   333.3 N A block of 10 kg is pulled at a constant speed on a rough
3
horizontal surface by a force of 20 N. Calculate the
Since T '  T, the tension in the string depends on which coefficient of kinetic friction. Given g = 10 m/s2.
mass end the pull is applied. Sol. Since the force pulls the body with a constant speed; kinetic
Example - 28 friction, fk = 20 N.
Three equal weights A, B and C of mass m each are fk
hanging on a string over a fixed pulley as shown in Fig. Coefficient of kinetic friction,  k 
R
What are the tensions in the strings connecting weights
A to B and B to C ? On a horizontal surface, R = mg and as such

Sol. Let us draw free-body diagrams for the weights A, B and C fk 20

 k   0.2
as shown in Fig. (b), (c) and (d). mg 10 10
 LAWS OF MOTION 148

Example - 30
F
A man whose shoes have leather soles and heels is able to a  2g sin 
m
stand without slipping on a wooden surface that makes an
angle of 25o with the horizontal. What is the minimum If s is the distance covered by the block up the inclined,
coefficient of static friction for leather on wood ? then from

Sol. According to the condition of the problem, v 2  v 02  2as, we get

= angle of the friction = angle of sliding = 25o
0  v02  2  2g sin   s
If s is the minimum coefficient of static friction,
 
s = tan 25o = 0.4663 (as v0 and a are in opposite directions)

Example - 31 v 02
or s
A cubical block rests on a plane of s  1/ 3. Determine 4g sin 
the angle through which the plane be inclined to the Example - 33
horizontal so that the block just slides down.
Two bodies A and B of masses 5 kg and 10 kg in contact
Sol. When the block just slides down. with each other rest on a table against a rigid partition.
the anlge of incline of the plane with the horizontal The coefficient of friction between the bodies and the table
is 0.15. A force of 200 N is applied horizontally at A.
= angle of repose = 
(a) What are : (i) the reaction of the partition (ii) the action-
We know that, tan  = s reaction forces between A reaction of the partition (ii) the
action-reaction froces between A and B ? (b) What happens
1
or tan   or  = 30o when the partition is removed ? Do the answers to (ii)
3 change when the bodies are in motion ? Ignore difference
between s and k.
Example - 32
A block slides down an inclined plane of slope  with
constant velocity. It is them projected up the same plane
with an initial velocity v0. How far up the inclined plane
will it move before coming to rest ?

Sol. The situation is shown in Fig.

Sol. Let m1 and m2 be the masses of the bodies A and B

respectively. Clearly.
m1 = 5 kg and m2 = 10 kg
Force applied on the system, F = 200 N
Total downward force (F) on the block of mass m is given (a) When the partition is present
by
Refer to Fig. (a)
F = mg sin  + f
If f is the maximum force of friction acting on the system
or F = mg sin  + R (as f = R) formed by A and B, then
or F = mg sin  + (tan ) mg cos  f = R = (m1 + m2)g [as R = (m1 + m2)g]
or F = 2mg sin 
or f = 0.15 (5 + 10) 9.8 = 22 N
(for the slope ,  = tan  as the velocity of the block while
(i) As f acts in a direction opposite to F,
sliding down is constant, i.e., it is in the equilibrium)
reaction of the partition = F – f
Acceleration on the block, i.e.,
= 200 N – 22 N = 178 N ...(i)
 149 LAWS OF MOTION

(ii) Force of friction on A, i.e. fA = m1g

F  f  178
= 0.15 × 5 × 9.8 = 7.4 N or a   11.9 m / s 2
 m1  m 2  15
Force exerted by A on B (or by B on A)
Further, F = m1a + m2a + (fA + fB)
= F – fA = 200 – 7.4 = 192.6 N ...(ii)
(b) When the partition is removed wher f = fA (force of friction on A)

Refer to Fig. (b) + fB (force of friction on B)

Net force acting on the system Force exerted by A on B, i.e.,

= F – f = 178 N FBA = m2a + fB = F – fA – m1a

If a is the acceleration produced in the system, = 200 –7.4–5 × 11.9 = 133.1 N

(in the direction of motion)
F  f  178
a   11.9 m / s 2 Example - 34
 m1  m2   5  10 
Fig. (a) shows a man standing stationary with respect to a
Force producing acceleration (a) in A, i.e., horizontal conveyor belt that is accelerating with 1 m/s2.
What is the net force on the man ? If the coefficient of
f1 = m1a = 5 × 11.9 = 59.5 N
static friction between the man’s shoes and belt is 0.2, up
Net force acting on A, i.e., to what acceleration of the belt can the man continue to be
F’ = F – f1 = 200 – 59.5 = 140.5 N stationary relative to the belt ? (Mass of the man = 65 kg).
Force exerted by A on B
Sol. We are given that,
FBA = F’ – fA = 140.5 N –7.4 N =133.1 N
acceleration of the conveyor belt, a0 = 1 m/s2
(in the direction of motion)
coefficient of static friction between the man’s shoes and
Obviously, force exerted by B on A (i.e., FAB) is also 133.1 N.
the belt, s = 0.2
Thus, the answer to (a) (ii) changes.
mass of the man, m = 65 kg
Alter : Free–Body Diagram : We can solve this problem
by drawing free-body diagrams for various cases as shown
in Fig.

When the man is stationary, his weight (mg) is balanced by

the reaction (R) of the belt acting vertically upwards.
Net force acting on the man, F0 = ma0
= 65 × 1 = 65 N
(a) When the partititon is present
This force acts in a direction opposite to the motion of the
(i) From Fig. (a), reaction of the partition
belt (as the man is in an accelerated frame of reference).
= F – f = 200 N – 22N = 178 N
For the man to remain stationary,
(ii) From Fig. (b), force exerted by A on B (action)
F0 = maximum static friction (f)
= F – fA = 200 N – 7.4 N = 192.6 N
ma0 = sR = smg (as R = mg)
(b) When the partititon is removed
or a0 = sg = 0.2 × 10 = 2 m/s2
Refer to Fig. (c)
(F – f) = (m1 + m2)a
 LAWS OF MOTION 150

Example - 35
F m  a 0  g 
a 
The rear side of a truck is open and a box of 40 kg mass m m
is placed 5 m away from the open end, [Fig.]. The
= a0 – g = 2 – 0.15 × 10 = 0.5 m/s2
coefficient of friction between the box and the surface
below it is 0.15. On a straight road, the truck starts from If t is the time taken by the box to fall, i.e., to cover a distance
rest and accelerates with 2 m/s2. At what distance from of 5 m, then from
the starting point does the box fall off the truck (Ignore
1
the size of the box) ? s  v0 t  at 2 , we get
2

1
s  0.5 t 2 (as v0 = 0,s = 5 m)
2

10
Sol. The situation is shown in Fig. (a). We are given that mass or t2 
0.5
of the box, m = 40 kg
If s’ is the distance covered by the truck during this time
coefficient of friction between the box and the surface below
(i.e., t).
it, = 0.15
acceleration of the truck, a0 = 2 m/s2 1 1  10 
s '  v0 t  at 2   2   20 m
The pseudo-force (F0) acting on the box due to acceleration 2 2  0.5 
(a0) of the truck is opposed by the frictional force (f) between
(as v0 = 0, a0 = 2m/s2)
the box and the surface below it.
Example - 36
Resultant force acting on the box, i.e.,
Two blocks connected by a cord passing over a small
F = F0 – f
frictionless pulley rest on a smooth plane as shown.
or F = ma0 –R = ma0 – mg
(a) Which way will the system move ?
= m(a0 – g)
(b) What is the acceleration of the block ?
or F = 40 (2 – 0.15 × 10) = 20 N
(c) What is the tension in the cord ?
Let a be the acceleration produced in the box relative to the
truck. Clearly.

F 20 B
a   0.5 m / s 2 100 kg A
m 40 30° 53° 50 kg

Alter : Free-body diagram. To simplify, draw the free-body

diagram for the box as shown in Fig. (b) Sol. The effective component of gravity on
A (100 g sin 30°) is more than that on B (50 g sin 53°)
So A slides down and B goes up.
Drawing the force diagrams of A and B :
For A :
R1
A T
R
Clearly, R = mg and net force acting on the box, i.e.,
F = F0 – f = ma0 – mg
or F = m (a0 – g) 100 g sin 30° – T = 100 a ...(i)
Acceleration produced in the box relative to the truck, i.e., R1 = 100 g cos 30°
151 LAWS OF MOTION

For B : Example - 38
R2 Two blocks of masses m and M are connected to the ends
T
B a of a string passing over a pulley. M lies on the plane
inclined at an angle  with the horizontal and m is
hanging vertically as shown. The coefficient of static
friction between M and the plane is s. Find the minimum
and maximum values of m so that the system is at rest.
T – 50 g sin 53° = 50 a ...(ii)
R2 = 50g cos 53°
Adding (i) and (ii), we get :
M
–50 g sin 53° + 100 g sin 30° = 150 a m

Solve to get : a = + 0.65 m/s2.

From (i) T = 100 g sin 30° – 100 a Sol. If m is much heavier than M, then the block M will move
= 100 × 9.8 × 1/2 – 100 × (+ 0.65) upwards.
 T = 425 N If m is much lighter than M, then the block M will move
Example - 37 downwards.
A homogenous rod with length L is acted upon by two We will consider the following situations :
collinear force F1 and F2 (F1 > F2) applied to its ends and (i) m is at its maximum value so that M is about to start
directed oppositely. What is the tension force F at a cross sliding upwards.
section P, at a distance l from F1 end ? (ii) m is its minimum value so that M is about to start
L sliding downwards.
F1 F2 Case 1 : Upwards slipping tendency of M
A P B
(for maximum value of m)
Sol. Let a be the acceleration of the rod. As M is just at the point of sliding up, frictional force on M
To find the tension at P, we have to split the rod in two is sN down the plane.
parts : AP and PB. N T
(Mass of the part AP) = (mass per unit length) l T
= M/L
From the force diagram of part AP,

M 
F1  F    a mg
L 
From the force diagram of the rod AB :
F1 – F2 = Ma Balancing forces :
a a
N = Mg cos 
l (L – l)
T = Mg sin  + sN
F1 F F F2
A P P B T = mg

F2 Hence mg = Mg sin  + s Mg cos 

F1
A a B Maximum value of m = M (sin  + s cos )
M M   F1  F2  Cases 2 : Downwards slipping tendency of M
Hence F  F1  a  F1   
L L  M  (for minimum value of m)

 L    F1  F2 As M is about to start sliding down, the frictional force is

 sN upwards.
L
 LAWS OF MOTION 152

mg sin 30  mg cos30

N T 
T m
= g (sin 30° +  mg cos 30°)
 a = –g (sin 30° +  mg cos 30°)
= – 6.6 m/s2
mg Calculation of Time and displacement :  = + 10 m/s,
Using v2 = u2 + 2as, we get :
Balancing forces : 02 = 102 + 2 (–6.6) (s)
N = mg cos   s = 7.58 m
T + s N = mg sin  v = u + at
T = mg 0 = 10 – 6.6 × t
Hence mg + smg cos  = mg sin   t = 1.5 seconds
Minimum value of m = M (sin  – s cos ) Hence the block moves up the plane for 1.5 s covering 7.58 m.

M (sin  – s cos ) < m <M (sin  + s cos ) For the motion of block down the plane :

N
Example - 39
A 5 kg block is projected upwards with an initial speed of a
10 m/s from the bottom of a plane incline at 30° with
horizontal. The coefficient of kinetic friction between
the block and the plane is 0.2.
(a) How far does the block move up the plane ?
(b) How long does it move up the plane ? The magnitude of acceleration
(c) After what time from its projection does the block mg sin 30  mg cos30
again come back to the bottom ? With what speed 
m
does it arrive ?
= g (sin 30° – mg cos 30°)
Sol. Analysis of Upward Motion  a = 3.2 m/s2
* While the block is moving up, the frictional force acts As acceleration is in downward direction,
downward. a = – 3.2 m/s2
* As the block is slowing down, the velocity and Calculation of Time :
acceleration must be in opposite directions.
s = – 7.58 m (down the plane) and u = 0 m/s
* Velocity in this case is upwards, so acceleration is in s = ut + 1/2 at2
downward direction and hence negative.
– 7.58 = (0) + 1/2 (–3.2) t2
N  t = 2.18 sec.
So the total time taken to come back :
tup + tdown = 1.5 + 2.18 = 3.68 seconds
a
v = u + at
v = 0 + (–3.2) (2.18) = – 6.8 m/s
v = – 6.8 m/s.

the magnitude of acceleration So the block arrives at the bottom with a speed of 6.8 m/s.
153 LAWS OF MOTION

Example - 40 Example - 41
(a) Find the acceleration of the cart and the mass shown In Fig., m1 slides down without friction on an inclined
in Fig. The pulleys are light and all surfaces are plane. The pulleys P1 P2 are massless and frictionless.
frictionless. (b) What do these result predict in the limits Calculate the acceleration of m1 when it is moving up
m2 >> m1 and m1 >> m2 ? along the inclined plane.

Sol. For the pulley P1, T = T1 + T1 = 2T1 ...(i)

Sol. If m1 travels a distance x, m2 travels a distance (x/2). Thus, if
When m2 moves down through a distance x, P1 moves
acceleration of cart (of mass m1) is a, that of mass (m2) is (a/2).